Wednesday, April 22, 2009

The Works of Murray N. Rothbard, Part II

PROLOGUE

Before I begin, I need to pass along to you some wonderful news from the Ludwig von Mises Institute. Most of the books and seminars offered by the Institute are now available online for your education and enjoyment free of charge. Please see http://www.mises.org.

Last year's (2008) essay left off with Man, Economy and State, so this year I will begin with its sequel, Power and Market.

In Man, Economy and State, Dr. Rothbard said a few things about interest rates. I believe what he said was key. Since my essay was posted, we did indeed enter a major recession. You have seen some major spectacles on TV. People are out of work. People are losing their homes. We are in a terrible way now, in late November, 2008, as I begin writing this (and still are in spring, 2009. Ed).

All kinds of reasons are being given for the problems. Ron Paul is the only one who is making sense, but nobody is listening to him (1). All the talking heads are discussing is “corporate greed.”

The government is throwing out money by the bushel basket, mostly in the direction of the bankers and big corporations, the same people who are being raked over the coals for being greedy and messing up the entire economy.

My own opinion is that artificially low interest rates set by the Federal Reserve are the main culprit. When interest rates are lowered, the money supply is increased, or inflated, resulting in higher prices. Lower interest rates also encourage borrowing. The Clinton administration imposed regulations that forced banks to lend to people who might not really have been qualified to borrow. According to some news reports, on average today people are thousands of dollars in debt. People embarked on projects the consuming public did not really want. That is, people were embarking on business ventures that the bad market signals had indicated were wanted by the consuming public, but actually were not wanted. Businesspeople were getting wrong signals. Now their chickens have come home to roost and businesses are having to close their doors, throwing people out of work. You see TV news stories about plants closing and you see the suffering of laid-off employees who find themselves looking for jobs that simply are not there.

Everybody feels their pain and wants to help. People are generous but people who need help themselves cannot help others.

Since I can, I am determined to take food to the food banks and increase my donations to the church which is reaching out to feed, clothe, and shelter the homeless, the numbers of whom are increasing. I hope you can give too, since this government of ours seems determined to make things worse.

Actually, this is really what the establishment has been waiting for. More centralization of wealth and power leading to world government is the New World Order they have dreamed of. Another benefit to the powers-that-be is that, as the economy gets worse, recruitment to the armed forces might grow.

President Obama seems determined to out-Bush Bush, even to be freedom-enemy FDR all over again.

Ron Paul is ballistic, as is everyone who understands economics. The wise are stocking up on non-perishable food, guns, ammunition, and gold.

So, once I finish Power and Market (this is really to finish the work I started last winter), I will turn to some of Murray Rothbard's works on monetary economics and the Great Depression, which seems about to be re-run.

(1)http://www.mises.org/literature.aspx?action=author&id=392, Paul, Dr. Ron, “Mises and Austrian Economics: A Personal View” and other works.

Power and Market

POWER AND MARKET
with
Man, Economy and State
(The Scholar’s Edition, 2004)
by Murray N. Rothbard

Right away, Chapter 1 is titled “Defense Services on the Free Market,” in which I thought – goody gumdrops – Dr. Rothbard would again disprove gun control notions. But, rather, he discussed how police protection and courts have to be provided by private companies rather than a government if we are truly going to have a free society.

It is hard to swallow, even for a libertarian, but let’s face it, one cannot, at least I cannot, refute him.

The thing is, the main function of government is to protect the property rights of individuals (which include “human” rights), but, in order to function, government must take from these same individuals in order to pay its employees to do the protecting. It is hard to protect rights by infringing on them. It makes no sense. You cannot have your cake and eat it too, so one has to choose: Does one believe in rights or does one believe in government?

Government is not necessary for the definition of rights. All one needs is reason; Rothbard and others, such as Mises and Hoppe, have shown that rights are a priori. Without them, life cannot go on. This was elaborated on in Man, Economy and State in the Crusoe illustrations.

And Rothbard goes on to point out that people who are under different governments with very different laws in some cases can get along fine. Then, why is government necessary at all to make people get along in peace? (1)

So, back to a free market defense system, what would we have? That the individual has the right to self-defense is a given. Otherwise, what else can be done? We cannot know any details of how any free-market defense would work, any more than we could have known how the television industry would work fifty years before television (2). But we do know some generalities. Dr. Rothbard thinks that chances are security companies would sell subscriptions or memberships and charge regular premiums in much the same manner that insurance companies do. In fact, insurance companies might take on this work (3). In an unfettered free market, with free entry, there would be genuine competition, eliminating a lot of the present problems with insurance companies.

Of course, there is the real possibility that any given protection or security company might become rogue, or start to behave like a criminal gang. This would be difficult in a free market because rival companies would step up to the plate and put a stop to it. Why? The paying customers of the rogue company and also the honest companies say so, that’s why. Customers can always take their money elsewhere.

In contrast, government agencies can do as they please. If you own a gun store and have a brush with the BATFE, you know this very well. Also, if you run a medical marijuana dispensary, you know how much control consumers have over the DEA. You cannot stop your payments to these agencies; the IRS will see to that. Under government, the breaking of heads and the taking of property is legal or else laws against it are ignored. In the free market it is illegal and the law is justly enforced.

We move on from that brief chapter to Chapter 2, “Fundamentals of Interventionism.”

The most fundamental fact here is that to satisfy one’s wants, one must either work to produce what he wants by making it himself or exchanging for it, or he must take it from somebody by force. It is either/or (4). One who uses the latter means can be called an intervener. This person intervenes into the order of the free market. There are three basic kinds of intervention, all hegemonic, and I will cite my own examples of each in hopes that you can relate.

First, there is autistic intervention (5) whereby the intervener dictates to an individual as to how the individual conducts his life or uses her property. An example of this would be mandatory seat belt and motorcycle helmet use. Such autistic intervention as exemplified by these laws has become more draconian by the year, and proves beyond a shadow of a doubt that the government is interested only in becoming more powerful as the God-given rights of individuals are usurped.

The system is such these days that those who advocate such laws that “protect” the individual from his own “foolishness” will often say the health care system will have to pay a great deal more money to restore someone to health who was injured in an accident only because he was not wearing a seat belt, and had he been wearing one, such injuries would not have occurred. What this actually shows is that the government should not be involved with health care in the first place, but that individuals should be required to be responsible for their own health and safety. This gets us into the affordability of health care which again shows the system is a quagmire of economic and collectivist fallacies, for one thing the level of taxation is the first most important reason health care is unaffordable. Dr. Rothbard treats these fallacies in many places in his works, so right now all I can do is say what I say more than anything else (except maybe that individuals need to have guns) and that is people need to know their economics.

The second kind of intervention is binary intervention (6). In this instance, the intervener forces the individual to turn some property over to the intervener. Taxes are the example coming to mind right away. You work hard all year in hopes of being paid enough to make all the time and effort put into your job worthwhile. From the time you leave home until the time you return you are working for that paycheck. When you receive that check, have a look at the stub and see what has been withheld for income tax. It is outrageous. Regardless of what you think of wars and other government endeavors ... you might even favor them (please tell me why) ... you must admit that you and your employer have zero to say about these deductions.

Governments take and take and take. There are so many ways they do it, including inflation as Rothbard explains. If inflation is 5 percent per year, then the dollar you have today will be worth 95 cents a year from now. So, the government has taken away from you a nickel for every dollar you have. This is a 5 percent tax. What can you do? Zero! If you are going to be smart and save, they will tax your smartness this way.

The last type of interventionism is triangular (7). In this case, a deal between two individuals is interfered with. Say a family is having dinner at home and shares a bottle of wine. The youngest child, a 20-year-old adult, partakes of the wine. By no stretch of the imagination is this going to disrupt civil order in any way. But in the eyes of the government, the serving of alcohol, even by the parents, to a neonate of a mere 20 years of age is enough to bring the sky crashing down on a ruined civilization. Of course that is not literal, but the battering ram and ten police cars outside are very literal if the wrong people get wind of the fact that this child is all of three days before the magical age of 21.

Now, it is pretty easy to flout ridiculous laws of that sort in the privacy of your home. Sometimes. This private home had better be isolated if this family would like to pass a joint along with the wine.

But some equally intrusive and unjust interventions usually cannot be avoided. Try to get a job without a Social Security number, or if you are the wrong age and cannot live at home. You probably do not want to work at what few jobs are available to you.

The bad things that happen to you that are no fault of your own are often the result of some intervention, meaning some infringement on your rights, and as often as not this intervention is by government. All three kinds of interventions are bad as they force people to do something other than what they would otherwise do, meaning utility is lost. The consequences of all kinds of interventions go much further than one thinks they will (8). The book deals with these consequences. Dr. Rothbard points out that there is actually no way to effect any real change under the circumstances, as the Libertarians repeatedly said in this last election, which was allegedly about change. I firmly believe that no true change will occur under the Obama administration as intervention will continue. The details might change a little bit, but the system is still involuntary, therefore interventionist.

We have already belabored the method interventionists use to keep people obedient. That is propaganda.

As a result, people have the idea that government agencies can prevent harm to consumers. We saw in Man, Economy and State that they cannot. The left insists that consumers are ignorant of the information they need to make smart choices and that bureaucrats who are distant can make smart choices for them. That is insane; you are right there doing your full-time job of being responsible for you. The politician or bureaucrat does not even know that you are alive, and makes decisions in a one-size-fits-all manner. These decisions are based on wrong data, and have far-reaching consequences (9) that most likely cannot be traced back to government decisions (10).

A good and timely example is touched upon on page 1071. We are having great economic problems right now, just before Christmas, 2008, as thousands are losing their jobs. The lack of consumer spending in holding prices down (which is a good thing in and of itself) and jobs are hard to come by when normally seasonal part-time jobs open up. The establishment is blaming the whole mess on greed, while actually all the problems can be traced back to artificially low interest rates and an increase in the money supply. The propaganda machine will not allow the Ron Pauls of the world to explain what is really happening.

All the incentives are wrong, Dr. Rothbard explains (11), for bureaucrats and politicians to serve the public. Why should they? After all, their pay comes from compulsory taxation rather than voluntarily paying customers. The politician who has to run for re-election will use the propaganda machine against a challenger who is equally unfit and has less name recognition, and possibly third-party candidates who may be fit but get no media coverage at all. The incumbent can also count on cronies whom he favored while in office. Since one voter has very, very little influence over an election, there is very little incentive to look into the records of candidates.

By contrast, in the marketplace the consumer is sovereign.

In the next chapter, “Triangular Intervention,” we begin to examine the far-reaching adverse effects of government intervention. These cases are when the intervener compels two people to exchange in a manner that is different from the way they would have exchanged if left free.

There are two general kinds of triangular intervention: Price control and product control. Price control dictates the terms of an exchange and we have seen this dealt with so many times it is unnecessary to hash it over here. Even the establishment had to give up on this intervention after it saw the inevitable results of freedom-enemy President Nixon’s price-freeze decree (12).

But, Dr. Rothbard goes into more detail on price controls by discussing exchange rates (I have personally experienced that roller coaster since I spend a great deal of time in Canada, so the first thing I do when I get there is to check the exchange rate, even before I check the price of gasoline), bi-metallic standards (when government decrees the ratio of two money metals such as gold and silver), and usury laws (where interest rates are tampered with). These are all under price control.

Product control is then treated by discussing prohibition (again, this has been touched on in other Rothbard works which I have reported on) and rationing (a form of partial prohibition, an example of which would be the limit on how many guns a person may buy within a given period of time), government priorities (some people have better access to a product than others), and maximum-hour laws (when a law forbids one to work more than X hours a week, as women’s earning capacity used to be limited, holding them back).

The grants of compulsory monopoly are also a form of product control. This was discussed in Chapter 10 of Man, Economy and State. Compulsory monopolies are obviously injurious to the consuming public, so in order to keep them, government uses its foremost tool: propaganda. Many laws that enforce monopolies or partial monopolies are not even associated with this by the gullible public, and are only opposed by libertarians on individual rights grounds. Most of the time, the government is claiming to be “protecting” someone. Examples are (13) licensure, child labor laws (with a very high age of majority), minimum wage laws, anti-pushcart laws, Sunday blue laws, and more, which do nothing except to grant special privilege to some businesses and limit consumer choices. These rules create partial monopolies. These and other examples are then elaborated on (14). The bottom line is that consumers always lose out on goods and services they might have enjoyed at lower prices, businesses lose out on production opportunities, workers lose out on preferred jobs they might have done well, and government bureaucrats win as they gain on money and power. This is what Dr. Rothbard is focusing on here, although my main objection to them is the infringement on the rights of individuals.

But it is the politicians and bureaucrats who make the rules, so it should surprise nobody that they are made to benefit them, the politicians and bureaucrats, and the rest of us are just unwilling cash cows.

Out of these examples, Dr. Rothbard mentioned immigration restrictions. Of course in a free market the flow of people from one country to another would be as unrestricted as the flow of goods and services. Dr. Rothbard advocates open borders. Wages tend to equalize the world over, given a free or only somewhat hampered market.

But, what he ignores (at least in this section of the book) is the welfare system, public “education,” and all the various ways people can feed at the public trough at your expense and mine. I cannot agree with open borders unless and until we clean up this welfare system, or at least find a way to prevent foreigners from partaking in our welfare.

I frequent Canada. In Canada I am a foreigner. I am there on a visa and have to live by the terms of that visa. The terms are easy except I cannot work for pay. So, I don’t. If I help someone out, I do not accept any money or in-kind remuneration. When the visa is up, I have already left. How would it be if I were to seek free medical care? That would be wrong. I either purchase a health insurance policy or I pay out of pocket. By the same token, foreigners who are here in the U.S. should not have their expenses paid by the government here. They need to buy insurance or pay out of pocket, and they need to refrain from working if they do not have a green card or whatever it is that permits them to work.

Many changes must be made before I think we can have open borders. Once these changes are made, open ‘em wide! Basically, Dr. Rothbard is right; his theories are sound.

Dr. Rothbard discusses anti-trust laws (15) which are supposed to be pro-competition, anti-monopoly laws. These laws have been on the books longer than most people have been alive, so they are regarded as a fact of life, and not questioned. They are not analyzed by anyone, not even establishment economists. For if they were, they would have to be re-thought. If there is any criticism of these laws it is that they are too weak.

But, as we saw in Man, Economy and State, the only true monopolies are those that have obtained monopoly status from special privilege granted by the state. Therefore, anti-trust law does not prevent monopolies. What it does is to allow the government to harass business by trotting out anti-trust charges whenever it pleases (16). If government really wanted to stop monopolies, it would simply stop monopoly privilege.

Government itself is a monopoly. One thing this particular monopoly called government does, something nobody has the natural right to do, is to forcibly prevent one from selling labor or some other product without special permission. Without the special permission, the selling is illegal. This special permission to engage in a particular line of work or to conduct a business is called a “license.” The false idea behind this is that there is no right to conduct business, but that it is a “privilege” granted by the state. In order to conduct a business, one must be granted a license, for which one must pay a fee, sometimes a large fee.

We have learned that to buy, sell or trade (i.e., carry on business) is a natural right.

Dr. Rothbard discusses the trend toward monopoly inherent in the bribing of public officials. A bribe occurs when someone wants permission from a public official to do something that is illegal. The person pays the public official to look the other way (17).

What is really the difference between selling a license and taking a bribe? Economically, and in Dr. Rothbard’s opinion, none! None at all! Licensure is simply bribery with a cleaned-up name. I have always opposed business licensure and occupational licensure mainly because it infringes upon the right to start a business (nobody has to patronize the business) or to bargain with prospective employers or employees. Compulsory union membership, I may add, is not different. It all keeps prospects out of a field, tending towards a monopoly favoring those already in the field. The solution to both problems (the blow to individual rights and the monopoly trend) is, of course, to repeal the laws that outlaw the activities.

And, we have to remember that government itself is a monopoly! Just try to compete with it! As we have seen in this chapter, government is at the bottom of all monopoly and its attendant problems.

All of this has been triangular intervention, whereby the government prohibits, requires, or regulates an agreement between two other parties, causing a trend toward monopoly.

So, how does government acquire the funds to finance this intervention? We already know from Man, Economy and State that inflation fills establishment (including government) coffers. We also know about taxation, the direct compulsory collection of the people’s hard-earned money.

Now, let me ask you this: Is the difference between inflation and counterfeiting, and the difference between taxation and robbery any more than the difference between licensure and bribery? Is it really? (18) Are government officials better than the rest of us or must they live by the same standards? We need to get real about this! It is going to hit the fan in this country and the sooner we get real and stay real, the less we will suffer.

Now, Dr. Rothbard asks us who is hurt by and who benefits from taxation and expenditures. Obviously, the people who pay the taxes are hurt the most. As I have said at least once before, look at your paycheck stub and see how much has been taken out for taxes. This is money you worked hard for but were not even allowed to look at. Next, look at a sales receipt and notice the sales tax that the business had to absorb and still get you to buy the product (19).

Who benefits? Government bureaucrats. They are the people who tell you what to do. They are the police, building inspectors, judges, and school officials; they have a heck of a lot of power. They are the “deciders.” This goes for politicians, of course, but at least politicians face re-election. Bureaucrats get tenure. You are paying them to mess up your life, even to take your property.

This is liable to cause the problem of public support. Therefore, there needs to be more than just government employees on the government payroll. There are those who adhere to the government’s cause, whom Dr. Rothbard calls “adherents” (20). I would say that these are a large part of the “establishment.” The armaments industry is an example, companies that manufacture war materials. I think today one could cite Halliburton and Blackwater as examples. This would include suppliers to these companies. This is one way wealth drifts toward establishment interests.

It also shows how taxes and government expenditures distort the market, and it thus proves that a “fair” tax or “neutral” tax is neither fair nor neutral. Government spends this money in the marketplace, but not in the same way the consumer would. Consumers would spend it on food, clothing, shelter, education, entertainment, medical care, self-defense, and other things people need. The government takes money from these areas of the economy and spends it on war materials, prison cells, chasing down pot-smokers and seat-belt-non-users, and other things that people do not need. Of course, some of the money goes to border security (such as it is), roads, bureaucrat salaries, some medical care, and some things people do need. But, how efficiently? Regardless of how you think about these issues, you must understand that the spending is changed from what it would have been had earners been allowed to keep what they earned. So, the economy is distorted, and it is mainly the little guy with no connections who loses out as resources are taken away from what he wants (21).

This distortion of the economy, I fear, is about to get even worse. This is because of the distortion caused by government taxation and spending level (regardless of kind) proportional to the private sector (22). We have just about finished (it is nearly Christmas 2008) the disastrous Bush administration, the earmarks of which were enough spending to make drunken sailors appear sober and frugal, so a great deal of the distortion we see now is from this cause. But while we can celebrate Bush’s retirement, we have to face the Obama administration which promises to be even worse. They are describing new policies to be like unto FDR to combat the present recession. This is scary for numerous reasons, and for an elaboration on that, please see my 2004 - 2005 winter essay, The Three Worst American Enemies of Freedom (23) for my thoughts on FDR’s sorry record, paying close attention to works cited in the footnotes, which are worthy of reading by anyone who is interested in the subject.

Dr. Rothbard, in his discussion of taxes, talks about income vs. sales taxes (24). Many libertarians, including myself until I took courses in Austrian economics, would like to see a repeal of the income tax and an enactment of a national sales tax to replace it. The rationale is that this would end the dread Internal Revenue Service with its mounds of personal information requirements and it would tax consumption rather than earnings.

While this would be a step forward, Dr. Rothbard shows that it is all wrong.

Most people believe that it is the customer who is paying the sales tax; that the seller is “passing on” this expense to the customer. They tell you that the item you are buying is X dollars and Y cents, “plus tax.” This leads you to believe that you are paying the tax. Actually the price of the item includes all you pay (plus time and expense).

Let’s say that I won’t pay more than $9.00 for a T-shirt as per my example in last year’s essay. That is $9.00, plus time and expense of getting to and from the store. I bundle my errands, so this might be negligible. Of course I know what the sales tax will be and that is considered. If this tax brings the T-shirt over the amount I will pay, I will not buy. I will buy at $8.50, tax or no tax. I will not buy at $9.50, tax or no tax. If the store does not absorb the tax, it loses business.

I remember an example from a few years ago when I was in British Columbia. The government announced an additional sales tax of three cents a liter on gasoline to go into effect on a given day. The demand for gasoline is inelastic (until prices rise to a certain level), so I thought prices would be up by three cents the morning of the tax. Sure enough, they were. I thought that maybe we were not entirely right about this, at least when demand for the product is inelastic, but if we were right, prices would drop back again by competition, forcing producers to absorb the tax. Not many days later, the prices were down again, vindicating the Austrian economists. This could have been the straw that broke the camel’s back in the case of some fuel stations, closing the station and throwing its employees out of work.

Sales taxes, explains Dr. Rothbard, do not get passed forward as a product is sold from one producer to another on its way to completion and the end consumer. Rather, the taxes get passed back to the original producers on their income. They harm everyone by distorting the economy.

Technically, I think the added gasoline tax I just mentioned is an excise tax rather than a sales tax. But, it boils down to the same thing. Whatever you think of the oil industry, for better or for worse, they are the ones who are paying the tax, and they are specially penalized to the same extent that other products are not taxed the same way (25). The supply of the product in question is lowered as some producers are driven out of that line of production. This will cause an upward trend in the price of the product as demand will not change. The tax, like all taxes, causes distortions in the economy, and these distortions favor government and government-subsidized firms at the expense of the independent private sector.

Consequences of a direct tax on income are more straightforward. It may be that this tax, which reduces the remuneration for your productivity, and hence your standard of living, can either discourage your productivity, or else the greater marginal value of what few dollars you have left can force you to work harder to make up for it (26). Either way, it is a loss. The same work means less income. More work means less leisure, and leisure is also an economic good.

Time preferences are adversely affected by the income tax (27). Less income means a greater percentage of the reduced income must be budgeted toward present necessities, such as food, clothing, and shelter that must be consumed before another paycheck is received. Therefore, a smaller percentage can go into savings and investment. A higher time preference, meaning a greater emphasis on now rather than the future, is forced onto individuals who really are wise enough to put something aside for future needs. Investment into badly needed capital is curtailed.

Those who retort that government expenditures are “investments” are kidding themselves or are being sucked in by propaganda such as education spending’s being an “investment in tomorrow’s leaders,” or highway work’s being an “investment” in the road. It is true that investment may occur (28). A rebuilt bridge today may prevent a catastrophe next year, or at least save on next year’s higher cost of the work, and under other circumstances education expenditures now would pay off in a more productive populace in future decades, were it not for the fact that government schools do not teach students to read or think, at least not very well.

The point really is that money spent by government is spent on things that the marketplace does not necessarily want as much as it wants the things the money would have been spent on had taxpayers been allowed to keep that money. There would have been real investment, directed by the marketplace.

The chapter continues the discussion of various kinds of taxes, one by one for about 100 pages, but the conclusion is always the same: The economy is distorted away from the approach the consuming public prefers, and economic signals to entrepreneurs and businesspeople are skewed so they are less able to profit by fulfilling the needs of consumers.

The “progressive” tax, whereby higher-income people pay a higher percentage of their income in taxes (29), is discussed at length. My gut reaction is that this is fairer than a flat tax, but my gut reaction is based on my emotional response to poverty. It is also based on the very long and numerous days I put into a career that paid only a moderate salary. Obviously we would all like to help the poor, and I make it a point to give to food banks and charitable activities of the church. But, my gut reaction to the progressive income tax is one hundred percent wrong, since Dr. Rothbard shows beyond doubt that what is wrong with this is the level of taxation in all brackets, and not the progressive nature of the tax (30). What is needed is an across-the-board tax reduction, even if this means a tax that is more steeply progressive. This would punish high-earners less and this would distort the economy less while forcing government to shrink.

Later in the chapter, Dr. Rothbard discusses the “just” tax. We covered the just price already last winter. This is whatever price people are willing to pay for a good. However, since in a truly free market, there is no tax, so the “just tax” is a contradiction in terms.

Adam Smith tried to describe a “just tax” (31). It should be inexpensive to collect and relatively convenient to taxpayers. But, since when do bureaucrats want to keep costs down? Their jobs are on the line, so make-work is inevitable. Also, an expensive and inconvenient tax is more likely to be flouted, so it is actually more just than a cheap, easy one (32).

In discussing the distribution of the tax burden (33) Dr. Rothbard reiterates something we all should understand (whether we agree or not), and that is that taxation is basically like slavery. Therefore an equal distribution of the tax burden is no better than equal enslavement, and that to escape taxation is no more immoral than it is to escape slavery. Some will cry that it isn’t fair that some can escape the tax while others cannot, so the means of escape must be cut off. The real solution to this inequity is to discontinue the tax altogether.

This does not even mention the problem of defining “income” (33). Would it include an increase in the market value of your house? The market value of plants grown in your garden? The wages you would have had to pay a housekeeper had you not done your own housework? If these market values were counted as income, in the absence of actual sales of these products, how are these values to be determined? And what about “capital gains?” Is this income? If it is, a correction for the purchasing power of money must be made (34).

In fact, if you want to make any attempt to be “fair,” the purchasing power of money must be considered in determining the tax.

So, Dr. Rothbard has shown that taxes are both immoral and impractical, and even if there were such a thing as a “just” tax, there is no way to calculate it justly. Nor is there any way to accurately calculate “ability to pay” (35).

Nor is there any way to calculate the sacrifice an individual makes to pay a tax. As individuals differ, the perceived sacrifice differs. If you are a libertarian and oppose just about everything the government does, a “small” tax is probably a big sacrifice, but to someone in the establishment, a “big” tax may be a small sacrifice. Therefore it is impossible to calculate a tax on the basis of sacrifice (36).

Then, beginning on P. 1245, Dr. Rothbard begins a section called “Voluntary Contributions to Government.” I had to laugh out loud. Say what? Anyone who thinks our “voluntary” income tax is voluntary in any way, shape, or form is out in la-la land. Hero Irwin Schiff had been preaching that there is no law saying one had to pay an income tax because the federal government could not produce one, and he has now gone to prison for that. He was right, but he is in prison. Others believe that because we use un-backed-up paper as money, we have no real money, so we owe no taxes. They are right too, but some of them are also doing time.

It is compulsory, it is harmful, and it is wrong. ’Nough said about taxation.

Rothbard then turns to the binary intervention of government expenditures. He points out right away that the intervention of credit expansion (a very important topic at this time) was discussed in Man, Economy and State (37).

Government expenditures have multiplied like rabbits, especially during the allegedly conservative but actually far-left Bush administration. Some of these expenditures are “transfer” payments such as subsidies, welfare, and Social Security payments, but many of the most recently prolific ones are what Dr. Rothbard calls “resource-using.” The wars are an example of that, as are the enforcing of numerous laws that have also multiplied like rabbits. The housing of millions of prisoners, many of whom are non-violent drug or gun offenders, is also an example as, in a free country, they would not be law-breakers at all. Actually, there is a lot of overlap between transfer and resource-using expenditures, but there is still a distinction (38).

Transfer payments such as subsidies encourage factors of production to remain in areas where they are used less efficiently. Right now, the automakers are a good example. Without going into why the automakers failed (over-expansion of credit and artificially low interest rates are at the bottom of the entire economic mess and that includes automaker failure), the Bush administration’s bailout of these companies is wrong because if these companies are failing, perhaps they should fail. While I feel for the workers being laid off during the holidays, a free market would open up new jobs for them, and this money, kept by the taxpayers, would be spent or invested in areas that the consuming public really wants. To keep these dinosaurs on life support now will only delay their demise and all the hardship that goes with it.

Another aspect of resource-using expenditures besides those above is the pricing (39). There is no way to determine the pricing of government activities. Those who consume government “goods” such as roads or schooling do not pay market prices. There is no way to tell if consumers are getting their money’s worth, as the paying and the consuming are severed. The government cannot find out how much to spend on what, so politicians and bureaucrats arbitrarily decide. Even if a government “enterprise” is run “like a business,” it is false because the government can always obtain more funds through taxation (40). Also, managers are not investing their own personal funds. If you can remember, the Post Office was “privatized,” re-named the Postal Service and run “like a business” in order to “make a profit.” Many people fell for this, and believed that the post office was then actually a private company. All who were paying close attention and had even rudimentary understanding of economics knew that there had been no real change. When losses occurred, tax money was injected. This gave the Postal Service an unfair advantage over UPS and other package delivery firms.

This is enough to drive anyone “postal.”

As we have pointed out before, the inability of government “enterprise” to determine prices is the most important practical reason socialism does not work. Socialism, whether it be actual undisguised socialism where government owns the means of production, or fascism where the means of production are nominally privately owned but actually directed by government (we are headed that way at breakneck speed as the Bush administration ends and the Obama administration begins) (41) never has worked and never will work because it cannot work. Prices, i.e., how much to pay, how much to charge, and how much of what to produce is impossible to calculate in a socialist (or fascist) “economy.” Dr. Rothbard, and Dr. Mises before him, and others, have proven that beyond a shadow of a doubt, and the results of socialist attempts around the world have vindicated them.

I personally consider socialism (including fascism) as in the same category with other superstitions. Socialism is false just as is the idea that a black cat crossing your path will bring you bad luck.

Socialism, Dr. Rothbard says, is the “polar opposite of the purely free market.”

I had to pause. “Polar opposite.” That is saying that socialism and freedom are as far apart as the two poles. I have to wonder. These left-wing types who preach socialism also want more freedom, so they say. They bemoan the insane war on drugs but want to step up the war on guns. They scream bloody murder when the police beat down someone’s front door but oppose the private ownership of land. They want to help the poor but criticize businesses like Walmart that sell for very low prices and also give first-time workers a chance to get started in the workplace. We all start at the bottom. To cut the bottom rungs off the ladder of success by jacking wages above market is not going to help. They want to help the poor but refuse to study their economics to find out why gouging the rich is going to hurt the poor.

The left, and the Bush-ite neoconservatives who prattle about the free market and are really part of the left, are trying to get to one pole by heading straight for the other one.

But, what about staying at or near the “equator”? What we have had here, and what they have in most countries, is a “mixed economy,” or a partially socialist and partially free economy. We have been moving toward the socialist “pole” for decades, at least 150 years, but we are not there yet.

While the plethora of rules and regulations and the extent of taxation are at the top of the list of culprits, the expansion of government lending is up there too (43). Dr. Rothbard makes this a very important point, as he says that, regardless of the legal status of the lender, the lender is also part owner (44).

Think about it. Did you make a sizeable loan to anyone? Or did you borrow a sizeable sum from anyone? Does that not change your relationship? If someone owes you thousands, don’t you feel you have a claim on them? Of course you feel that way, because you do have a claim on them. Even if you believe and follow the Bible and will forgive the loan, this is still the case.

This is another reason free market people like Ron Paul are so dead set against the bailout of banks and automobile companies. Of course, the banks have been in the government’s stable forever, and the big automakers have not exactly been averse to a centralized economy. But this bailout is horrific for numerous reasons and Dr. Rothbard is pointing this out. Government will now be part owner of these companies, which is a giant step to socialism.

And, we must not forget a lesson learned from Rothbard and others: “Public” or “government” ownership really means ownership by those officials who are the deciders (45). Additionally, there is no incentive for these officials to use the property efficiently, as when they leave office they cannot take it with them. Rather, they are inclined to abuse it for their own self-aggrandizement while in office.

The next chapter, “Antimarket Ethics: A Praxeological Critique,” explores some of the most popular criticisms of the free market.

One of them is individuals do not know what is best for them, so they need Big Brother to protect them from their own foolishness “for their own good” (46).

I suppose this is all right for children under ten or twelve, but they have their parents to guide them, and the rest of us are big boys and girls now, so who are these government officials to wreak all of this harm on us “for our own good?” Are they better than we are?

The free market assumes that all individuals act in their own perceived self-interest and that individuals are far more able to determine their own interests than anyone else. And, if one is not sure exactly what to do to further his own interests, one may hire a consultant (47). For example, to stay out of trouble with the IRS people, who, if they are paying attention, know that I am fiercely opposed to their very existence, I go to a tax preparer. I also pay the preparer extra to run interference for me. Chances are you have a doctor, a dentist, and maybe even a financial planner. You can discontinue these services any time. At the end of the day, you call the final shots. Or, at least you should. We are not a free society any more. You can do these things within the limits prescribed by Big Brother. In some areas of life, there is no freedom at all. Try to remodel your house. Even if the house is all paid for, just try it without Big Brother’s licenses and permits (for a fee, naturally). You will run into an avalanche of “have to’s” and “can’ts.” You will soon find out that one’s home is not one’s castle at all.

To remodel your home, you should be able to choose your own experts (or do it yourself and learn the hard way as you go). And, in fact, you can, but these experts have to grovel to Big Brother’s “experts” for expensive licenses. Who is to say that Big Brother’s experts who license contractors, doctors, and just about all other professionals, know what they are doing or care what they are doing when they are tax-paid bureaucrats and probably tenured? Their positions are political, and perpetuating the system and their positions is their priority (48).

One of the main reasons some people advocate strong government is that people are evil (49). They are right that everyone is evil, but everyone is good, too. Everyone is a mixture of good and evil. No one is perfect. That is why Jesus died on the cross. Nobody can become perfect. Therefore, some say, we need a strong government to keep people in line. This is an error. First off, who determines what is good and what is evil? We have the Bible and we have our ability to reason. We may have some a priori knowledge that it is wrong to kill, steal, etc., and can agree that these acts should be prohibited. Some actions infringe on the rights of others and these are the actions that should be prohibited. But there are some actions that do not, or might not, infringe on the rights of others. They might be sinful, but should not be illegal. Smoking a joint, keeping a loaded gun in one’s purse, sleeping with someone who is not your spouse harm no-one except possibly the participants and violate no rights. My own view is that the first is sinful only because it is unhealthful, the second is not sinful at all, and the third is sinful because it may have far-reaching effects on the participants and also the new life it might bring, a child without two full-time parents. I think the last of the three is the worst, especially since it is one thing that the Bible expressly prohibits, but it is the only one that is legal.

I could try to foist these beliefs on others, but to do so I would have to believe that I am somehow better. But I am not. And, neither are any of those who are charged by our powerful government to enforce the rules.

There is one thing you may notice about those who advocate strong, all-inclusive government. They imagine themselves (or at least someone who thinks like them) as the one to determine what is allowed and what is not. In reality, not only will they not be in charge, but whoever is will foist rules on them that will be entirely different from the rules they want. It is then that they will realize that government officials are not better.

All the power that the neoconservatives worked so hard to give George W. Bush will now be in the hands of Barack Obama. They are already sorry. We warned them about this, but of course they would not listen.

The fact that we are all imperfect is one of the few things we all have in common. Dr. Rothbard treats the concept of “equality” by showing that there is no such thing except for equality of natural rights (50). We are not equal, rather we are all different. Different talents and different levels of ambition will reap different incomes. It is impossible that we even start out equally since being born in different places means different opportunities. And, there is no way to change that. Remember the Parable of the Talents (51). What the parable tells us is that we all have different resources and abilities, and the important thing is what we do with what we have.

In an effort to complete this segment and move on to some of Dr. Rothbard’s works on monetary policy which are so critical to understanding the situation at hand, I skipped over part of this chapter, but beginning on P. 1321 there is a section called “The Charge of ‘Selfish Materialism.’” The free market discourages altruism and distracts from “higher” goals is what we hear all the time. We do not even have a free market for gosh sakes but the establishment keeps talking about how “unfettered laissez-faire capitalism has caused the current recession” (52). This is such nonsense that I would hardly know where to begin if it were even necessary to hash over yet again how unfree our almost-socialist market actually is. If it is a free market at all it is only in comparison to the degree of socialism the establishment apparently wants.

As for “selfishness,” as a Christian I am put in an untenable position by the prattlings of the left/neoconservative, Bushite, Obamaite establishment. The Bible says help the poor, go the extra mile, turn the other cheek, love thy neighbor as thyself, and so on. And I certainly believe in that and live accordingly to the best of my ability.

This does not mean that one should not put oneself first. Rather, you have to put yourself first. If you do not take care of yourself, how do you expect to care for someone else? Your minister had to study, perhaps paying large sums to go to school for years before being able to do his or her job. The doctor needs to rest before surgery. I was operated on early in the morning. I wanted to make sure that the doctors had taken care of themselves before cutting me up.

Jesus often prayed for a long time in preparation for a major job.

You have to put yourself first! Any other idea is nuts! So, don’t listen to this B.S. about not being selfish.

A person’s monetary income serves his chosen ends which may be altruistic or “selfish.” Whatever the person does is what he believes is in his rational self-interest. A successful person might be able to afford a yacht for himself or to build an orphanage. He will choose according to his rational self-interest (53). The establishment person, thinking inside the box, will laugh and say, Guess which I will choose! Chances are he will be right.

Why would that be in many cases? Do you have any idea how difficult our so-called “free market” has made it to build an orphanage? No? Well, go down to your city hall and see where one can start all of the bureaucratic procedures to get the licenses, permits, zoning variances, etc., and don’t forget to ask about the fees and time frames! This is assuming you even can find out! I think you will agree with me that buying the yacht is far simpler, not to mention quicker. [Editor’s note: Look up the story of when Mother Teresa tried to open a shelter in New York City. Even her saintly patience was so tried, she gave up.]

In a truly free market, all it takes is to buy the land, hire the builders and architects, and go ahead and do it! Of course, one is responsible. But, even in our regulatory micromanagement, if anything goes wrong, the philanthropist or entrepreneur is still held responsible, even though it is government that makes it such an obstacle course that many additional things can go wrong.

In any case, the pursuit of monetary income cannot be rationally criticized. Altruism requires this as much as egoism does. Monetary rewards are good measures of how well one is serving consumers. As I said last winter, Bono’s income far exceeds mine, and rightfully so. If you want to be truly unselfish, then earn as much as you can by serving customers. Of course, the left-wing (and neoconservative) altruists will tell you that you are selfish. They will always do that, until you adapt your lifestyle to their dictates.

Many of these same establishment types that bleat “selfish!” at people who are well-to-do because they are ambitious (and that is no matter how charitable they are), will also say that a competitive free market takes us “back to the jungle” (54). I really do not think I need to say it again, as Murray Rothbard has made it so very clear as I have pointed out so many times, but the free market is not just competitive, it is also cooperative. Think back to Crusoe alone on the island and how difficult it was, and how much easier he and the other man made it for each other, and how much easier yet it was as more people arrived. Law of the jungle? Quite the contrary. Actually it is more government involvement that takes us back to the jungle.

Dr. Rothbard moves on to a section called “Power over Nature and Power over Man.” This is particularly interesting as in the beginning of Genesis we are told that man has dominion over the earth and what this means is that we human beings are responsible for the earth and all the plants and animals on it. It’s ours. God gave it to us (55). Of course we have learned that the best way to take care of the earth and ourselves is for individuals to privately own whatever they find, make, or exchange for. Dr. Rothbard has spent a lot of time and pages explaining this.

But some individuals believe they can own, or at least control, people. Of course, they cannot. What came to mind, even before reading the section, was those who presume that government should enforce morality as they see it, and that wars should be fought to uproot regimes they see as detrimental to their goals.

There is this group or these groups of people whom some call “dominionists” who believe that the admonition in Genesis also means dominion over people. I did want to include something about this in my essay, How the Bush Administration is Destroying our Country and Damaging the Christian Church (56), but never had time to research it. Most likely, the Bush administration was supported by these, and chances are there were many in the administration itself. It would be worth looking into.

I firmly believe in what Genesis says, not only because I believe in the Bible’s being the Word of God, but because it simply makes sense! Man must “conquer” or use nature in order to stay alive (57), and cooperation rather than coercion makes it possible to give and get help in doing that. This is compelling evidence that the Genesis passage refers to dominating the earth, plants, and animals, but not human beings.

Dr. Rothbard touches on the leftist-invented dichotomy of human rights and property rights (58). The left often talks about the need “to place human rights over property rights.” This makes no sense at all, as property rights are human rights. The individual owns himself, as he is his own property. Were this not true, he would be a slave to some other person (where would that person’s right to him come from?) or to society as a whole in which case he would have to ask everyone’s permission to do anything.

We have seen that this is incompatible with life.

Some individuals believe that the property rights to be abolished would be the right to land and big ticket items. This, they believe, would make it possible to respect human rights over property rights. The left, for example, is all for freedom of the press (or at least claims to be). In fact, some even agree with us libertarians that there should be no censorship at all, not even of (indefinable) hard-core pornography. However, the state, they believe, should own all the land and the means of production including printing presses. If the state owns all the presses (or, nowadays, a monopoly on Internet service provision), what makes you think it will allow just anything to be published? How do you think priorities will be set for publication?

Even if printing presses are allowed to be privately owned, what makes you think there will be land allocated on which to put the press? Or even put your feet if someone in power does not like you?

The answer seems to be: “Trust us.”

Yeah, right.

Human rights are property rights, and that includes the right to own land. It also includes the right to protect your property, and that means the right to self-defense, including the right to own a gun.

As the book is winding down, Dr. Rothbard critiques an important study that was published a few years before he wrote the book (59). Not having read the Henry M. Oliver study I cannot really judge, but Dr. Rothbard thought it was a pathetic attempt to explode laissez-faire. He goes through some or all of Oliver’s objections to the free market, which appear to me as pathetic. It would not be worth mentioning at all were it not for the fact that some of these objections are still being heard and that the book was very well received by the establishment. It would be worthwhile to read the Oliver book with the Rothbard critique close at hand.

Dr. Rothbard ends the book with an overview of all the principles that were explained in the book, the difference between a free market society and a socialistic one, with emphasis on the fact that every economy is somewhere in the continuum between them.

1) Rothbard, Murray, Power and Market, Auburn: Ludwig von Mises Institute, 2004, P. 1051.

(2) Ibid. P. 1051.

(3) Ibid. P.1052.

(4) Ibid. P. 1057.

(5) Ibid. P. 1058.

(6) Ibid. P. 1058 - 1059.

(7) Ibid. P. 1058 - 1059.

(8) Ibid. P. 1069.

(9) Ibid. P.1070.

(10) Ibid. P. 1071.

(11) Ibid. P. 1070 - 1074.

(12) Ibid. P. 1076 - 1077.

(13) Ibid. P. 1093.

(14) Ibid. P. 1094 - 1144.

(15) Ibid. P. 1117 - 1121.

(16) Ibid. P. 1117.

(17) Ibid. P. 1141 - 1142.

(18) Ibid. P. 1050.

(19) Ibid. P. 1151 - 1152.

(20) Ibid. P. 1152.

(21) Ibid. P. 1154.

(22) Ibid. P. 1155.

(23) http://alicelillieandher.blogspot.com/2005_05_01_archive.html Scroll down to Franklin Roosevelt to see a litany of blow after blow he dealt to the economy, preventing recovery and destroying freedom. Please do check out the works cited in the footnotes.

(24) Rothbard P. 1156 - 1162.

(25) Ibid. P. 1162.

(26) Ibid. P. 1165.

(27) Ibid. P. 1166.

(28) Ibid. P. 1168.

(29) Ibid. P. 1191 - 1196.

(30) Ibid. P. 1194 - 1195.

(31) Ibid. P. 1216.

(32) Ibid. P. 1217.

(32) Ibid. P. 1218.

(33) Ibid. P. 1222.

(34) Ibid. P. 1223.

(35) Ibid. P. 1227.

(36) Ibid. P. 1234 - 1235.

(37) Rothbard, Murray, Man, Economy and State, P. 989 - 1024 (Same volume as Power and Market)

(38) Power and Market, P. 1254.

(39) Ibid. P. 1261.

(40) Ibid. P. 1262.

(41) Ibid. P. 1273.

(42) Ibid. P. 1273.

(43) Ibid. P. 1274.

(44) Ibid. P. 1274.

(45) Ibid. P. 1277.

(46) Ibid. P. 1300

(47) Ibid. P. 1301.

(48) Ibid. P. 1301 - 1302.

(49) Ibid. P. 1303 - 1308.

(50) Ibid. P. 1308 - 1312.

(51) Matthew 25:14-30.

(52) http://www.lewrockwell.com/woods/woods106.html, Woods, Thomas E., Jr., “We Need Our Heads Examined, Says Harvard.” This is of interest in this regard. In early March, 2009, Harvard sponsored a conference called “The Free Market Mindset” that included top establishment thinkers (?) who just did not see the “elephant in the living room.” Dr. Woods raises the obvious questions they never touched on.

(53) Power and Market P. 1322.

(54) Ibid. P. 1324 - 1326.

(55) Genesis 1:26.

(56) http://www.alicelillieandher.blogspot.com/ Click on 2007 in Blog Archive.

(57) Power and Market P. 1330 - 1331.

(58) Ibid. P. 1337.

(59) Oliver, Henry M., Jr., A Critique of Socioeconomic Goals, University Press, Bloomington, 1954. There is a link at http://books.google.com/books?id=VS5gIb1S8ewC&pg=PA294&lpg=PA294&dq=%22Henry+M.+Oliver%22&source=bl&ots=aic9bk6EDC&sig=Mze6Uyo7LDW6WUDmVD8Va7r4Wxg&hl=en&ei=U5DqSeveDtDgtgeStfmMBg&sa=X&oi=book_result&ct=result&resnum=5

What Has Government Done To Our Money?

WHAT HAS GOVERNMENT DONE TO OUR MONEY?
(1990 Edition)
by Murray N. Rothbard

The question is asked: Why do we need money? Why do we exchange? I dealt with this last year in my first essay on the works of Murray Rothbard. Money is the medium of exchange, a marketable commodity that everyone wants for the purpose of exchange. I pointed out Dr. Rothbard's analysis of how exchange among diverse people in diverse locations is necessary to prosper and how money makes exchange much faster and easier. Gold and silver have the most time-honored uses as money, because through the centuries they have won out as the most marketable commodities.

It must be emphasized that money is a commodity. The only difference between the money commodity and other commodities is that the money commodity is demanded primarily as a medium of exchange (1).

Another emphasis is that the private manufacture (also called “minting”) of coins, or pieces of gold or silver resembling coins, is a legitimate function of the market (2). If someone owns a piece of metal, he or she has every right to shape it in any way, including a round, flat disk. However, if one does this today with gold or silver, one runs the risk of arrest for counterfeiting.

Dr. Rothbard continues his case for absolute freedom of money by discussing price stabilization and co-existing moneys before launching into “money warehouses” and banks.

Storing money (gold) in a warehouse and then using receipts for this money in trade was discussed in Man, Economy and State. The warehouse owner is in the business of safely storing money (gold) for his customers. He gives the customer receipts for the money that the customer placed in his care. These receipts may be traded for goods and services, and the money never needs to leave the warehouse unless the holder of the receipt wants to take it out (3). If the warehouse owner is honest he will not make up receipts that claim to represent physical money but in fact do not.

These warehouses are today analogous to banks. The receipts for the money are analogous to our dollar bills (and, of course, $5, $10, $20, etc. bills), but many people nowadays prefer to write an order to the warehouse (bank) to transfer some of their money to someone else without having to deal with “warehouse receipts.” This order is a check.

In an unhampered market with a commodity (such as gold) standard, checks and paper “money” are only stand-ins for the real deal.

The warehouses (banks) are businesses and have to make money just like any other business. They charge fees to their customers for keeping their money safe. If banks print up receipts for money they are not holding, they are being dishonest. Customers who find out will withdraw their money. And they will be quick about it too, as they know that phony-baloney receipts are redeemed, the bank will run out of money before all the real receipts are redeemed.

This issuance of un-backed-up receipts is called “fractional reserve banking.”

If enough banks do this, we have more receipts in circulation than there is gold in the bank. People believe they are richer than they really are. Now, we have “inflation” (4). Inflation is a fraud on bank customers. It would not be tolerated in a free market.

The important lesson we have learned from the book so far is that money, on the free market, must be a useful commodity that is used as a medium of exchange. If it is not, inflation is bound to occur.

Dr. Rothbard continues (5) to explain another very important concept: Inflation does not happen evenly across the board. The new money created reaches some people before it reaches others. These “first receivers” are usually people who are well connected. The recent bailout (recent when this was written in late October, 2008, and referring to the bailout of late summer, 2008) of $700 billion went primarily to banks and other fat-cat institutions. I never saw a dime. Did you? The only people on the lower rungs who get any will be borrowers. All recipients will go forth and spend a goodly portion of this new money. It will not be very long (a few months) before prices across the economy will drift up. In fact, I have begun to notice it already, except in the area of gasoline prices, which dropped in the fall of 2008. This came at an opportune time for me, since my summer place and my winter place are a few days' drive apart. This break in gasoline prices proves yet again the law of supply and demand. Had demand not fallen, I believe we would have been paying at least $4.00 a gallon, whereas it is actually well under $3.00 at this time.

Dr. Rothbard drove home that point many times, but right now he is talking about inflation. By the time the new money has “trickled down” (and up and over) to you, the well-connected have gone forth and spent, driving prices up. They did much of their spending before businesses had time to realize demand was up and adjust their prices accordingly. Later, if you are lucky enough to be still working and get a raise, the new money finally comes your way. But a lot of good it does if prices have already gone up. It is even worse for those on fixed incomes. The extra money you have to spend to pay the higher prices is like a transfer payment from you to the well-connected who get the new money first.

I have said many times that the establishment's system is set up in such a way as to assure that wealth gravitates to establishment interests.

Of course, prices do not all go up at the same time and rate any more than all people get the new money at the same time. This makes business calculation difficult (6). How can a business people determine what the cost of a capital good will be when they know it will have to be replaced in five years? Or even five months? They cannot. How can they even tell if they are making a profit if they cannot calculate their expenditures in five months? And, although it is very difficult for even a talented entrepreneur to anticipate consumer wants, it becomes nearly impossible when nobody knows how much purchasing power anybody will have in even a few weeks.

The exact situation we are in right now is what causes the business cycle (7).

After a brief history of coinage and bimetallism, Dr. Rothbard demonstrates that legal tender laws give rise to inflation. Legal tender laws give the government a money monopoly. Under them, only the sovereign government's money is legal to use as such and, therefore, the government has control of the nation's money.

As soon as governments took control of their countries' money in this manner, gold and silver was used in exchanges between countries only, not individuals (8).

As usual, it was government propaganda that sold the people on centralized control of the money by way of central banking. Then, as now, government blamed economic problems on the free market rather than government misbehavior.

We had free banking in the U.S. in the early part of the 19th century (9), and some of the bankers were unscrupulous and stole from their clients. The government did not stop this theft as it should have, and then blamed the free market for the problems. Today we do not even have a free market at all and haven't for several decades. In the early 19th century we did have a lot of freedom, but the government seemed to look the other way when real crimes were committed by its cronies such as bankers.

Central banking eliminates all checks on inflation because central banks have a monopoly on note issue. The only brake on inflation is the competition between national currencies. This is why the establishment's dream of a world-wide currency with a world central bank would be a disaster.

Dr. Rothbard briefly outlines the effects of fiat (government-issued or central bank-issued paper backed by nothing) money.

This was followed by Part IV of the book, beginning on P. 90 of the 1990 edition, where Dr. Rothbard traces the decline of money through inflation in the 20th century.

Until 1914 the situation approached the ideal, where most countries' currencies were defined as weights of gold. Exchange rates were therefore fixed, but not by government edict. An American dollar, for example, was worth 1/20 ounce of gold, and a British pound was about 1/4 ounce of gold. This meant that a pound was worth about $5 yesterday, today, and tomorrow, by definition (10). This made things a lot easier on people who traded with others in different countries. It was almost as good as having an international free-market currency. Dr. Rothbard emphasized that gold was not arbitrarily picked out of a hat by government bureaucrats as the commodity money, but that (despite what establishment textbooks teach) gold gradually came to be used on the free market because it fills the bill for consumers. Equally important, it wards off inflation and other government tampering and keeps the balance of payments in equilibrium (11).

The system broke down because governments broke it down (12). To the U.S. government, and other governments, the waging of the unnecessary World War I was more important than the well-being of the people. Big surprise! War is good for the establishment elite; the gold standard is not.

Later, the “gold exchange” standard was established. This was to allow foreign governments to exchange their dollars for gold, but individuals could not. Dr. Rothbard does not suggest it (although I have a strong hunch he would agree) but, judging from the havoc caused by this, I have to believe that the intentions were less than honorable.

Economic law will eventually catch up with government shenanigans, and in 1968 the system started to crack. The dollar was fixed at $35 per gold ounce. Americans were not allowed to own gold coins or bullion, but citizens in other countries were allowed to and did. They sold their American dollars for gold at $35 per ounce which was a real bargain because the real value of the inflated dollar was much less. Gold, therefore, was leaving the country, and dollars were returning. Why Americans obeyed the gold prohibition edict I will never understand.

The establishment was telling us that people's faith in paper would grow and that gold would drop in value in the marketplace. If you have been tracking the price of gold (and silver) you know how wrong they were!

On August 15, 1971, Mr. Establishment himself, arch-enemy of freedom President Richard Nixon went on television and announced the economy was about to be hit with two of the biggest blows he could deal, and be all but destroyed. He did not say it quite that way, of course, but he might as well have (13).

The first blow was “to combat inflation.” He froze all wages and prices effective immediately. Even a college freshman who has taken a microeconomics course knows what a disaster that was. I have written a lot in past essays so I will say no more here.

The second blow was a total severance of the dollar and gold. This meant that the dollar was now totally fiat. We have seen the results of that, too.

Older people can remember the price inflation that took place in the 1970s and in this book Dr. Rothbard briefly explains why.

What is needed is to go back to the classical gold standard, as he makes obvious. But, alas, since the book was written, we have gone in the opposite direction, drifting toward a world fiat currency, controlled by a world central bank and well-connected elite who would be the deciders about who would be the first receivers of newly printed money. I don't think you or I are in the running.

We already have a regional currency in Europe, the Euro. Internet savvy people are aware that there is a move toward another regional currency on the American continent called the Amero. A regional currency could be coming to the Far East, too. Eventually the establishment hopes to merge them all into one. This would pave the way for inflation to the establishment's stony heart's content.

Dr. Rothbard's work is a warning.

(1) P. 20, Rothbard, Murray N., What Has Government Done to our Money (1990 Edition), Praxeology Press of the Ludwig von Mises Institute, Auburn, 1990.

(2) http://www.lewrockwell.com/rothbard/rothbard191.html

(3) What has Government Done to our Money, P. 43 - 45.

(4) Ibid. P. 48.

(5) Ibid. P. 55 on.

(6) Ibid. P. 58.

(7) Ibid. P. 61.

(8) Ibid. P. 68 - 69.

(9) Ibid. P. 70 - 71.

(10) Ibid. P. 91. Actually the pound was worth $4.86. P. 95.

(11) Ibid. P. 92.

(12) Ibid. P. 94.

(13) Ibid. P. 105.

The Case Against the Fed

THE CASE AGAINST THE FED
by Murray N. Rothbard

However scary and threatening, government agencies, even the dread Internal Revenue Service, are all subject to being checked by Congress.

One entity, however, which people who know their economics believe is the scariest since it has iron-clad control of the nation's monetary system, is accountable to nobody, not even Congress. It is the Federal Reserve (1).

The establishment assures the public that the Fed needs to be in such a position. Anything as important as that needs to be “independent of politics.” Don't fall for it! What that really means is the Fed can do anything it darn pleases with the money supply (2). The banks the Fed controls like it that way. There is something fishy here. Since when do those who are being regulated want unbridled power in the hands of their regulators (3)? The Fed wants this power “to fight inflation.” Hah! And, since when do bankers want inflation checked (4)?

The fact is, there is inflation. Only one institution can bring it about (legally, that is, but illegal counterfeiters are few and far between) and that is the Federal Reserve as it creates more money out of thin air. The Fed stays away from “inflation” to about the extent that I stay away from pasta, and that is darn little.

So, the Federal Reserve is not a solution but is a big problem. To understand this, Dr. Rothbard says (5) we need to understand the history of money. I have discussed this in other essays in reviews of Rothbard's other works, so it is not really necessary to go into much detail here. Suffice it to say that any commodity that is used in the market and is marketable enough can be used as a medium of exchange, or money. This commodity can either be used as a consumer good in its own right or as something to exchange for other goods. Gold and silver are both time-honored moneys (6). This did not come about by government edict. It came about over time in a free marketplace. Having such a medium of exchange greatly facilitates and accelerates prosperity. It also allows business firms to calculate profits and losses more accurately than is possible under barter.

Dr. Rothbard reiterates, and I will too, briefly, that, even though money is a “good thing,” an increase in the supply of money in the economy will not be helpful (7). This is because this increase cannot augment the amount of available goods and services in the market. There is no “optimal” supply of money. Now we are beginning to see through the Fed's and the establishment's propaganda.

That counterfeiting is wrong should be obvious to anyone. But what is not so obvious is that the manufacture of un-backed-up money by the Federal Reserve is really not different (8). The temptation to counterfeit is in the fact that the counterfeiters get to spend the “money” they manufacture before the increase in the money supply they are causing has had a chance to raise the price level. This enriches the counterfeiters at the expense of the rest of us. Those who get this new money first, the counterfeiters themselves, are the “first receivers” of the money. They get to spend it right away. Those businesses they patronize and their employees receive it next, and the businesses they patronize receive it next after that, and so on and so on. By the time you and I get it, the new demand caused by it has already long since pushed up prices, so actually the “first receivers” of the money have benefited at our expense (9). As I said before, this amounts to a transfer payment from you to the well-connected.

Inflation, therefore, does not happen evenly.

Next time you pour cream into your coffee, observe something. When you pour the cream in (slowly near the edge of the cup will illustrate this better), the coffee nearest the cream source gets the cream first. The coffee on the other side of your cup stays black a while longer.

Think of the coffee as the marketplace, the cream pitcher as the Federal Reserve and the cream as money. When the Fed manufactures money backed up by nothing and adds it to the economy, they add it through the banks. The first receivers are the well-connected establishment people, for the most part, although there might be an occasional dissident first receiver. Their place in the “coffee” is near the source of the “cream.” People like most of us are closer to the other side where the “coffee” remains “black,” meaning it lacks the new money. By the time we get it, supply and demand have already raised the price level.

This is why wealth gravitates toward establishment interests. And, as far as the Federal Reserve's manufacture of money is concerned, is this really any different from counterfeiting?

Is it? Just because it has the blessing of the government? Unless you think of government as some sort of god, you have to agree with Dr. Rothbard and me on this!

This is the root cause of our economic problems in late 2008. Obviously greed in places other than government is a factor, but the main blame is on the Fed and the federal government (10). But people will fall for any propaganda the establishment dishes out because almost all public school graduates and most private school graduates are illiterate when it comes to monetary economics.

And, you can bet your last nearly-worthless dollar that, while government officials are acting as though they are scrambling for solutions and throwing you a few crumbs, they are laughing all the way to their cronies at the bank! They are aware that inflation is more than just a general rise in prices due to an increase in the money supply. They are aware that it is an uneven distortion of the economy through transfers of wealth (11). They know this; how could they not?

Dr. Rothbard then discusses loan banks in a free market. These banks borrow from you when you set up a certificate of deposit for interest, and then they lend that money at higher interest (12). There is nothing crooked or inflationary about this.

Next, he turns to the subject of warehousing and warehouse receipts, which is something we have seen in other works.

The point driven home (13) is this. Right now, in November, 2008, the government is anxious to “get the economy going again” by a couple of ways that Dr. Rothbard believed (and so do I) are totally pernicious. One is they want to encourage borrowing. So they enact this $700 billion “bailout,” giving huge amounts of money to banks and other such entities. Where did this money come from? Thin air! It rolled off the printing press. This is a blatant case of first receivers being the bankers. So is the money being loaned? From what I hear, no. Well, thank goodness! It is the low interest rates and liberal lending practices that got us into this mess in the first place! Do you seriously think the same practices will get us out? The banks seem to know better, so they are being cautious.

The other way they claim to be restarting the economy is “economic stimulus packages.” Tax “rebates” went out to less well-to-do taxpayers last spring, and I wrote in last year's essay that I hoped people would be smart enough to use this to pay down their debts and to squirrel away what was left for a rainy day. This is exactly what people did. This isn't rocket science! If you are in debt and realize you have nothing at all saved for retirement, and this check comes in, what would you do? Buy a big-screen TV? Not if you have a measurable I.Q. But the Bush administration, which created this money out of thin air, wanted you to do just that.

In Man, Economy and State, Dr. Rothbard explained why saving and investing creates more employment and wealth over the long run than spending does. This is why bailouts and “stimulus” packages will not work in the end.

Now, President-elect Obama (as I write this in November, 2008) wants another “economic stimulus package” and will probably call for another bailout too.

Back to the bankers, they want to keep the public in the dark, or at least in blind faith, about their solvency. They are not solvent, thanks to fractional reserve banking. This means the banks only hold a fraction of the reserves needed to cover all the demand deposits. Now, what if all, or even some, of the depositors wanted to draw out all their money at the same time? This thought strikes fear into the bankers because banks cannot honor their promise to very many people (14). The bank would go belly-up, unless it got a supply of cash from the Federal Reserve's printing press. That would really be inflationary.

If there are monetary problems (and there are right now in November, 2008) and banks begin to worry about runs on banks (which they do), what they are likely to do is curtail loans (which they are) (15). Obviously, this is the smart thing to do. Just as you and I cannot spend ourselves rich, banks that are in trouble due to loan defaults are likely to hold on to their money. Prospective borrowers are thinking twice also.

The Bush administration, and the coming Obama administration want more lending and more credit and the Fed is pumping new money into the banks. I have said this before and will be the first to admit that I seem like a broken record. But this is critical. This is exactly the wrong thing to do, and in the long run it will not solve the problems that government's poor monetary policy has created. I will belabor this no more right now. I think you get the point, or at least you will if you read the book.

Dr. Rothbard gives a brief history of central banking. We learn that this creates a cartel among a country's banks. They all do together what, in a free market, no one bank would dare do and that is to not have sufficient funds in case all the depositors wanted their money at the same time (a bank run), or if there were anything like a gold standard, not have enough gold deposits either in the bank or at the central bank.

One bank trying that in a free market would quickly go out of business as has been explained. But all of them together, under the central bank, would only have a problem with banks in other countries (16). The central bank has no control over banks in other countries. This is why the establishment would like to see a world central bank.

Once the brief history of central banking in general is discussed, Rothbard gives us a brief history of banking in the United States. It was interesting to note that it was the Republican Party during Lincoln's time that called for a central bank and inflationary policies, where it was the Democrats (the party of Jefferson) who were calling for sound money. Actually that should be no surprise after reading my The Three Worst American Enemies of Freedom on this blog and the references listed (17).

And, of course, nobody should be surprised that it was the big industrialists who were also the top Republicans who were the most avid supporters of central banking (18). The Panic of 1873, which was caused by war and inflation, was what brought about at least a temporary victory for gold (19). I guess it is too much to hope that the economic crisis of today would re-kindle a gold standard, as today's people are so terribly uninformed of such matters and government is so much stronger. Unfortunately, by the turn of the century, the Democrats fell and became even worse than the Republicans.

As the strong belief in freedom decreased, the power of the anti-hard-money establishment increased (20). In Dr. Rothbard's narrative on how central banking with its attendant inflation and gravitation of wealth toward establishment interests, it is plain that the establishment snookered the general public into acceptance of central banking. It did it through academia and newspapers such as the Wall Street Journal (21), which should surprise nobody since in modern times the “educational” system and the “news” media have replaced the church as the means of keeping the people in line.

The actual bill to authorize the central bank was hammered out at a posh resort on Jekyll Island, Georgia, in 1910. The participants were a who’s-who of the new establishment which still has to this day a stranglehold over each and every honest, hard-working person on the planet, and which is responsible for the poverty, illness, and death of billions of people worldwide. These people, and those who took over for them after they died and went to where nobody wants to go, have destroyed our freedom and prosperity, and somehow have managed to fool enough people enough of the time to continue the destruction.

Dr. Rothbard (22) describes a step-by-step process of how the money supply is inflated, at least how it was done when the book was written. I doubt there has been much change, unless it is for the worse.

So, what to do? Obviously the Fed has to be abolished. While this is not going to happen any time soon, Dr. Rothbard ends the book with ways it could be done.

(1) Rothbard, Murray N., The Case Against the Fed, Ludwig von Mises Institute, Auburn, 2007 edition, P.3.

(2) Ibid. P. 4 - 5.

(3) Ibid. P. 7.

(4) Ibid. P. 9.

(5) Ibid. P. 12.

(6) Ibid. P. 16 - 17.

(7) Ibid. P. 19.

(8) Ibid. P. 20 - 22.

(9) Ibid. P. 24.

(10) Ibid. P. 24 - 25.

(11) Ibid. P. 25 - 26.

(12) Ibid. P. 29 - 33.

(13) Ibid. P. 39 - 40 in particular.

(14) Ibid. P. 46.

(15) Ibid. P. 54 - 55.

(16) Ibid. P. 64.

(17) http://alicelillieandher.blogspot.com/2005_05_01_archive.html.

(18) The Case Against the Fed P. 78.

(19) Ibid. P. 78.

(20) Ibid. P. 91.

(21) Ibid. P. 112 - 113.

(22) The Case Against the Fed starting P. 137.

The Mystery of Banking

THE MYSTERY OF BANKING
(Second Edition, 2008)
by Murray N. Rothbard

The foreword to this book, by Prof. Joseph T. Salerno, who is an associate of the Ludwig von Mises Institute (mises.org) which I proudly support, points out that an important aspect of the book, possibly the most important, is that it asks and answers the question: Just who benefits the most from the Federal Reserve? In fact, who benefits the most from all the various government regulatory agencies?

I have said often the system is set up in such a way that wealth gravitates toward establishment interests. Let's see if it does.

The first two chapters examine concepts Dr. Rothbard explained in Man, Economy and State and other works. I wrote on this last winter in The Works of Murray Rothbard, Part I on this blog. One of these concepts is how money originated, how a marketable commodity gradually, by custom, comes to be used in trade to alleviate the need for a “double coincidence of wants.” I illustrated by asking what would happen if my favorite rock band were headed this way and tickets had to be obtained by barter in the absence of a marketable commodity that is customarily used as money. How would I get a ticket? Somebody has a ticket he will part with but he wants a dog. I have no dog I will spare, so decide to go to the pound to get one for the ticket man. How will I pay for the dog? Well, dogs like steak and the pound has dogs to feed, so I get a few steaks out of my freezer and go to the pound. I surrender the steaks and they surrender a dog. I take him and surrender him to the ticket man, who gives me the ticket. Everyone is happier, but look at all the work that had to be done, and all the luck that was necessary. Over time, people realized some commodities were always welcome in a trade. These commodities could have been anything, but silver and gold prevailed. These became money, and that is how money originated. Government is nowhere in the picture.

The other concept is the law of supply and demand. I illustrated this with my own demand for T-shirts. I can often find nice T-shirts in a thrift store for $1. I will almost always buy one if I see one or, as an economist would say, the “quantity demanded” is high at that low price. Conversely, if the shirt is $25 I will probably take a pass. The “quantity demanded” is very low. The price on the tag depends on what the shop keeper believes he can get. If the supply in the store is too much and he wants to get rid of them, he will lower the price to attract more buyers.

The shop keeper's supply, plus the supply in other shops, constitutes the “supply.” The “demand” comes from customers who are in the market for the product in question. You can plot it on a graph to find the “equilibrium price,” or the price at which all the items are sold and all who want them can buy.

Once these concepts are reviewed, Chapter 3 goes into the demand for money itself. Right away, I see where Dr. Rothbard explodes the actions of the Obama administration, and the Bush administration before it. (There is really not that much difference between them.)

An individual's demand for money is the amount of money he wishes to hold on to (1). Obviously, everybody wants to have as much money as he can get. But he only has X amount. He spends or invests some of what he has, and keeps the rest. The part he keeps, or his cash balance, is his demand for money.

The demand for money is tied to the price level. If prices are high, one's demand for money or one's need for a cash balance is high, and vice versa.

If new money is pumped into the economy by the Federal Reserve, such as by way of bailouts or “stimulus packages,” people, particularly the “first receivers” or early receivers of the new money, will see that their cash reserves are higher than their demand for money, so they will go out and spend, bidding prices up (2). This means the purchasing power of each dollar has gone down, because of more dollars chasing the same amount of goods. Now, prices are rising and people are now finding themselves short, so they are demanding more money by trying to add to cash balances and therefore cut back on spending.

The government has been yapping because people are not spending. The myth it is trying to make us believe is that economic problems now are the result of a cutback in spending and borrowing. It is not difficult to see what hogwash this is: You do not spend yourself rich. You save yourself rich.

So, the general price level is determined by the supply of and demand for money itself. If one of these changes, the price level changes.

Let's assume the money supply in the economy increases (3). This causes the people (or some of the people) to have extra cash in their balances. What do these people do? They go right out and spend, driving prices up. After they spend for a while, they see that their extra cash is almost gone, partly because of rising prices. When they see that their cash balances do not exceed their demand for money, they slow down their spending and things return to normal (sort of). Of course, the early receivers of the new money have benefited at the expense of the later receivers, as was explained by Dr. Rothbard in Man, Economy and State and other works, and I hope I have made it very clear in my reviews.

When the money supply falls, the opposite occurs, but how often does that happen?

That is how the money supply affects the general price level. The other factor is the demand for money (4). There might be a reason the demand for money rises, that is, a lot of people are holding on to more of their money. This means they are spending less, causing a shift in their demand schedules, which encourages a reduction in prices. A general reduction in prices means the money they have is worth more and that will reduce their demand for money. Of course, when the demand for money decreases, the opposite occurs.

My main focus here is the supply, even though Dr. Rothbard seems to be focusing on both the supply of and the demand for money in the next two chapters. The reason for my focus is that, right now, as 2009 and the new Obama administration begin, and government seems to want to bail out anything that shows signs of life, this bailout and the new “stimulus package” might total up to a trillion and a half dollars! Now, where in the heck is all this going to come from? We have to remember that this is on top of other government expenses! I needn't list these, but I cannot resist throwing some more darts at the illegal, immoral, and completely wrongheaded wars and the monstrosity unleashed here at home called “Homeland Security” which are worst than wastes of our productivity.

And, because the States are all strapped for funds (they cannot possibly consider any cutbacks now, can they?), I think the Obama administration is more than likely to bail them out too.

Naturally these bailouts will always mean more federal control over the industries and states to be bailed out and, yet again, power will gravitate to Washington.

Were I a betting person I would wager that Obama will out-Bush Bush in centralizing power into the federal government, into the Executive Branch and into the White House.

Goodbye, cruel world, I am off to Canada.

But, the money has to come from somewhere. Taxes? That would necessitate a huge tax hike. The left is screaming for more taxes on “the rich.” There are lots of issues here (the destruction of jobs is one, since the “rich” use their wealth to provide jobs), but right now the main issue is that there are not nearly enough truly rich people to be taxed enough to cover the kind of expenditures the government is considering. And, if the “rich” are taxed that way, they will not remain rich very long. This tax hike would have to be a major one on everybody. This will be a tough sell, and will take a very long time.

So, how else can they raise the money? What is almost certain is that money will simply be made (printed) out of thin air, backed up by nothing but pure faith. This means an increase in the money supply, and that is what Chapter 4 is about and is my main focus. The demand for money is important, too, but the supply of money is what I think is the most critical right now.

So, what is the optimal supply of money (5)? Isn't more money better than less? When we are talking about the supply of money in the economy, the answer is no. Unlike consumer and capital goods (which are always scarce), money is not used up. It goes from one person to another to another as it is being exchanged for what people want. Goods and services, like concert tickets, dogs and steaks, are what people want. You cannot eat, be loved by, or listen to money. Assuming the same amount of goods and services in the economy, when the money supply increases, so do prices. An increase in the money supply does not bring about any increase in goods and services. It simply dilutes the purchasing power of the dollar. Therefore, what the money supply quantitatively is doesn't matter. What does matter is the qualitative change in the money supply.

If we had a strict gold standard as Dr. Rothbard advocates (and I agree), there would be only one way to increase the money supply and that would be to dig more gold out of the ground. That is tough work, so the money supply would remain about the same. And it is really difficult to pass off something else as gold (6).

However, let's say someone could pass a cheap metal off as gold and manufactured some coins. He benefits from these, and whoever he buys from with them is next in line to benefit. If enough of these phony coins are passed off as gold, they will cause a rise in consumer demand as they flood the market. Prices will rise as a result. The “first receivers,” i.e., the counterfeiter himself and the first few who receive the fake money, will benefit. Those who are late in receiving the coins will have to pay these higher prices before the coins reach them. They lose out as the early receivers gain.

This is an important concept and I am belaboring it because it is key.

Once the printing press was invented (which is one of the best inventions ever but it can be misused) and paper money began, all bets were off. Counterfeiting became easy. And, while it is one of the most serious felonies for individuals, governments are tempted (7). Government greed goes on forever. So, if a government can print paper tickets and people believe these tickets are worth something, then governments have the means to take as much wealth as they can without people catching on.

This is how the money supply is increased. Right now, another big bailout is pending, and the first receivers of the new money are government cronies, the banks, automobile companies, and certain others. They will benefit. The rest of us are in the back of the bus. Inflation will kick in, big time, before we see a dime of it. The added cost of living can be thought of as a tax on us, paid to the government and its rich cronies. Don't think for one minute that it is accidental because it is not (8). In fact, because it is covert, it is worse because there is no protest.

Chapter 5 discusses the possible causes of a change in the demand for money other than the purchasing power of money. These are the supply of goods and services, how frequently people are paid, how fast clearing systems operate, public confidence in the money, and, most important, the expectation of inflation or deflation.

Right now I believe we can expect some major inflation because of all the money being pumped into the economy. Wise people are thinking they should buy their needed big-ticket items now or soon.

So the choice is now or soon. I was thinking of what I really needed and should get that would keep me from having to get it when prices soar. I got a car last winter. Should I have waited another year? The dealerships have more cars than they know what to do with and prices are reduced. But, last winter, I feared the old one would break down on this last summer's trip and I would have had to pay out-of-pocket for repairs. The new one did not, but a problem later on did strand me for a few days. At least this time there was a warranty. I don't know if it was the right decision. I'd have to contact the new owner of the old car to see if it in fact broke down.

That is water under the bridge. Right now, after a holiday season with deep discounts and very good prices, I went and got a few new middle-ticket items that were name brands for very reasonable prices. Because of these low prices, my demand for money decreased and I spent some that had been kept for just such a situation. I cannot say this situation is “deflation,” but when items I need are on sale at 70 percent off I think I can spend my money stash down a bit.

It would be different if lower-yet prices were expected. Then, my demand for money would be up right now, not down. But they are not; higher prices are almost inevitable. Therefore, my demand for money is down right now, and will go up as prices rise. Why hang on to money that is going to depreciate in value when, instead, one can hang on to items such as furniture, appliances, and especially gold and silver (9).

Prices have not gone up much yet. (Of course the major part of the government spending has not happened yet, but it is expected.) This actually worries me more. When the bailout and other money hits the economy, how much lag time will there be before prices start to really rise? People seem to expect the results of a monetary action within one day. Actually it may take a few months. The bailout may seem to be working. Unemployment may go down for a while and the foreclosures may drop for a while. But that is only postponing the inevitable. Later it is bound to catch up with us, just as it did in Germany in 1923 (10). What will the government do? I think there will be yet another bailout, this one bigger than ever! Inflation will accelerate, and the demand for money will actually drop as people realize that it will buy less and less.

The demand for money drops because people have to pay higher prices for necessities. When they do not have enough, they start to clamor for more money, meaning more inflation (11). This is a vicious circle where inflation is causing higher prices, higher prices cause a clamor for more money, and more money causes inflation. We will be in big, big trouble.

Where will it all end? We hope with the shutoff of the money spigot. But, barring that, it will end with barter, the use of foreign currencies and/or the use of gold (12).

The next question is, where do loans fit into the picture? I have been having a hissy-fit about how people get themselves into debt, and how government wants to re-start loans, as though borrowing made the world go around.

Chapter 6, “Loan Banking,” is about that. Normally in a free market, people keep their savings in a bank at interest, and the bank lends and invests this money at a higher interest. Dr. Rothbard gives a very simple, scaled-down summary of how the books in loan banks are kept (13), although, of course, we have to remember that the first edition of the book was written before the sophisticated computers we now have were in use. But I doubt much has really changed in this regard. What change has occurred is the whole banking system because of central banking. For one thing, Federal Reserve and government actions have changed market signals in such a way that people borrow money they believe they can pay back but later find they cannot.

After this description of loan banking, Chapter 7 is titled “Deposit Banking.” This is a different kind of banking. In fact, Dr. Rothbard regretted that both kinds of banks were called “banks” (14). Deposit banks came into being as warehouses where people kept their valuables, such as gold and silver, safe. One would leave one's valuables and receive a warehouse receipt, and when he wanted some of these valuables back he would go back to the warehouse and present the receipt.

It got so that when people left money in the warehouse, rather than take it out to pay debts, they would remit the receipt to their creditor. This way neither debtor nor creditor would have to make a trip to the warehouse (15).

The warehouse finally evolved into the deposit banks, and the warehouse receipts evolved into the checks we are so familiar with. Unlike loan banks, these banks do not borrow the money from depositors; rather they store it. (At least that was the case.) The major difference is that the loan bank borrows and must pay interest and the deposit bank stores and probably charges a fee. The loan bank borrows for a fixed period of time and the depositor makes a time deposit (such as a CD). A depositor of a deposit bank can take money out or put it in at any time (16).

Of course, as Dr. Rothbard points out and as everyone has thought, embezzlement is always a temptation. It always has been and always will be, particularly when the stored gold is something fungible like money. The warehouse, or bank, has many depositors and it is very unlikely that very many of them will withdraw their funds at the same time. It might not even be necessary for the embezzler to remove the money itself; he or she might simply write checks against it. Or, today, maybe it is only necessary to change computer records to embezzle or counterfeit money. In the old warehouse days, a dishonest warehouse keeper might have printed out fake warehouse receipts and passed them off as receipts for gold stored.

There was a court case in England in 1848 that ruled money deposited in a deposit bank belonged to the banker (as in a loan bank) rather than to the depositor, giving the banker free reign (17). This was a disaster as it went a long way toward paving the way to our present fractional reserve banking. I would also add that it is a disaster twice over, not just because of that but because a ruling by a foreign court in a foreign country was an influence here, undermining our national sovereignty. This is particularly serious these days as “transnationalism” is being advocated by the New World Order crowd, and being taken very seriously. Our side must also take this very real threat seriously.

I think most people who set up demand deposit accounts such as checking accounts believe the money in these accounts belongs to the depositor, not the bank. If your deposited money in your checking account is the bank's, then the bank can do any darn thing it wants with it. It could add your money to its balance sheets. As long as the bank keeps your (or the bank considers it its) money right there anyway, it is not going to do that much harm. But, the temptation is not to keep it there, but to lend it out. (Remember, loan banks can do this; it is on the up-and-up because depositors have loaned their money to the bank at interest, but deposit banking is different.) The deposit bank that lends money that is in your checking account is lending your money out which is at the same time also in your account. Problem is, money cannot be in two places at once any more than you and I can. You and the bank's borrower both have receipts for the very same money, and that is fishy at best (18).

This is the essence of fractional reserve banking, and this is one way the money supply is increased. To be blunt, it's inflationary and fraudulent (19).

This is the creation of money out of thin air (20) and this is probably the single most important point Dr. Rothbard is making in the book.

It is also the most important reason I am doing this particular project at this particular time. Our economy is in a state of ruin, and this increase in the money supply with money created out of thin air, backed up by nothing but faith, is the root cause.

Maybe you think I am a conspiracy theorist and this is exaggerated or completely wrong. No! This is really how it is and has been for a very long time. It caused the Great Depression, and I am about to review Dr. Rothbard's America's Great Depression. It is about to cause another great depression.

And, of course, again as we have mentioned, the new money does not reach all parts of the economy at the same time. It is injected into the economy at some particular point, and that point is more likely to be Joe Biden than Joe Blow (21). Those at that point will benefit at the expense of the rest of us, and wealth will gravitate toward establishment interests.

Dr. Rothbard points out (22) that the expansion of bank credit (which this is) makes banks “shaky,” as he puts it, and leaves them open to a contraction of their credit. If the money supply contracts, so will prices, and people will want to withdraw money from the shaky banks. Banks will want to call in or not renew loans (23).

This is what seems to be happening now if I read it right, and government wants to get the lending and borrowing (and inflation) going again.

Bank credit expansion causes a “boom,” which is inflationary with the late receivers of the new money having to pay what amounts to a tax to the early receivers, and this is followed by a contraction where credit and investments are liquidated. This is the business cycle (24).

Because of the ability to inflate, deposit banks and loan banks started to combine, forming “commercial banks” (25).

This made it possible to inflate even more. What we need, Dr. Rothbard says, is a requirement that banks keep a 100 percent reserve (26). What happens if banking is left entirely free? Some believe inflation will go totally wild, while others believe the market would keep it in check.

Chapter 8 is about that. What if banks were given free reign and could treat demand deposits such as your checking account as though they were the bank's and not the depositor's? Those who advocate central banking say this would cause hyper-inflation. I would like to know exactly what they believe central banking causes. However, in a free market, a bank, like any other business, must earn a reputation. I can open a restaurant or health clinic without a license. But, I will not see customers arriving unless and until I can show that my food is fit to eat or that my doctors are real doctors. Chances are I will hire a reputable firm (if not five of them) to come in and carry on an inspection in hopes of earning their seal of approval, since if I do not convince people that I am legitimate, I will not make a dime in profits. And I will have to continue to toe the line. The same goes for banks. In a free market they toe the line and do not claim to have money they do not have, and withdrawal requests are promptly granted, or else it is belly-up.

Not only that, people have to be willing to use the bank's drafts. If you get a draft or counter check from the Bank of America from someone in payment for something (I paid the car dealership last year with just such a check), the recipients (once they know the check is actually a BOA check) need to have enough trust in the BofA to accept it. They “know” that when they take the check to the bank, the money will be there.

The problem is, it might not be! Under fractional reserve banking, the banks do not have enough cash on hand to cover all the deposits recorded on their books. If enough of their depositors decided to withdraw their funds at a given time, or a “run” on the bank occurred, there would be trouble (27). A few months ago, people were losing faith and a lot of withdrawals were taking place, and the banks had to get more cash (backed up by nothing) from the Federal Reserve.

I was in Canada at the time and felt some anxiety about getting back into the country to stock up on cash. By the time I crossed the border, things had cooled off a bit, but I bee-lined to my bank's ATM.

Also, a free market in banking will allow many banks to operate, limiting the clientele of each one (28). In a free market, my BofA draft to the car dealership would probably be cashed with the money ending up at a competitive bank. The BofA had better be prepared to come up with the cash. Of course, in my counter check's case it was, but not because of free banking. Actually, all the banks are tied together to the Fed, so we are all clients of the same bank. There might be an element of competition. Many years ago I was a lot sloppier and did not always balance my checkbook. One time I overdrew and had to go into overdraft protection, i.e., I had to actually borrow. When the bill came, not only did I pay it in full the same day it came, but I did it in person. Later I got a letter telling me that this payment had been late, and that in order to keep my overdraft protection I would have to fill out a form listing all my monthly payments. I adamantly refused for a number of reasons, not the very least of which was the very on-time payment. After I would not budge for a few weeks I had to threaten to close my checking and savings accounts and move them to another bank if the bank did not relent. It relented. What I did not tell it, however, was that from then on I would be more careful about balancing my books.

So, the banks at least feel competitive. Most people probably think the banks are different companies, and, on paper I think they are. However, they are all tied together by the Federal Reserve. The only exceptions I can think of might be state banks and credit unions, but I really don't know much about these.

This element of competition is a brake of sorts on inflation, as no bank wants to be the first to be hit with a bank run, but that could change at any time. Under free banking, competition is a major brake on inflation with no change in sight.

What little competition there exists is likely to end. Right now (I am writing this the night before the Obama Inauguration) there is talk of “nationalization” of the Bank of America, Citibank, and other major banks. This talk is not just libertarian and Constitutionalist hooey. The bailouts and the move toward more regulation are a very big step in that direction. Whether these bailouts are gifts or “loans” does not matter. You infuse government money into an area, more regulation follows as surely as night follows day, and whoever makes decisions over a concern might as well be the owner. So this talk of nationalization must be taken very, very seriously. That will stop competition dead in its tracks, and fuel inflation.

The only brake on inflation in that case is banks in other countries (29). If we are going to have a world central bank, that the establishment is working toward with its “New World Order,” we are done for.

In conclusion to that chapter, free market banking is the best way to curb inflation. Dr. Rothbard then turns to the real reason for central banking: to use government-granted privilege to remove the barriers to inflation (30). A central bank has the government monopoly privilege of issuing bank notes or cash. For banks to issue cash to clients, they have to obtain the cash from the central bank. So the central bank is the “bankers' bank.”

Next is a discussion of exactly how the money supply is expanded (and even contracted sometimes) (31) which I will not go into; for one thing it is like a very complicated shell game. Suffice it to say that the banks hold only a fraction of the money that is deposited in them.

The way things are now, with the Federal Reserve and totally fiat money (fiat meaning not backed up by gold or any other commodity), all money kept in banks is subject to inflation (32). What should one do? Yank your money out? Even I use a bank, because paper money kept in one's house or one's car is subject to theft. This is not to mention that, while it is technically legal to have as much cash as one wants, if one is caught with enough of it, it will be stolen (the euphemism is “forfeited”) by government officials and the owner will be labeled a “drug dealer.” Many innocent people have lost their life savings in this manner (33) to greedy government.

So the use of a bank is practical. Don't “do your part.” Rather, look out for number one.

If your bank inflates, it is not checked by competing banks. They are really all the same bank under the Federal Reserve, or at least they are cartelized. The banks welcome this as it is their road to easy wealth (34).

Banks are allowed to inflate because the reserve requirement is only a fraction of the money that is deposited. For example, if the reserve requirement is 1/10, then the banks can lend $100 for every $10 deposited. This is what the infamous money multiplier is (35). They want to lend as much as they can, too, as this is how they make their profits. They also want to minimize the reserve requirements in order to make more loans. This increases the money supply. If the reserve requirement is changed from 1/10 to 1/20, the money supply can double! (36).

How are total reserves determined? This is what Chapter 10 is about. There are two general factors, one being the marketplace and the other being the central bank.

The public's demand for cash is a big market factor. Most people feel the way I do about keeping large amounts of cash at home or in their car because they fear theft. (I am dismayed that a lot of people are oblivious to the specter of asset forfeiture of cash by police or they are foolish enough to believe that it is legitimate.) So most people keep most of their money at the bank. The more money is in the bank, the more the bank can inflate on that money. This is another reason banks dread bank runs: Money withdrawn is money that cannot be inflated upon (37).

In 1933, the federal government decided to try to end the possibility of the loss in public confidence that causes bank runs. It established the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) which used the power of government to guarantee replacement of deposits that are lost up to a very high amount. This opened the door to far more inflation, as money would be manufactured out of thin air to replace the lost funds.

Under a gold standard, the public's demand for gold would similarly affect the total reserves. Of course, we are now completely off the gold standard (38).

The Federal Reserve can expand or contract the total bank reserves by increasing or decreasing its outstanding loans to banks. (It also uses this power to manipulate bank behavior) (39).

There are short term loans that are usually made to bring a bank back into line with the reserve requirement, and corrections are made so as to return the loan as soon as possible (40). More often nowadays, however, banks borrow for this reason from other banks (41).

But by far the most important method of manipulating bank reserves by the central bank is open market operations. The term “open market” does not have anything to do with any free market. What the central bank does is to buy an asset, any asset. (Usually these assets are U.S. government securities.) These assets are paid for by check, the check being backed up by nothing. The recipient of the check takes it to a local bank to cash. The local bank deposits the check at the central bank, increasing the local bank's reserves. The money supply has gone up by the amount of the check and the amount that can be inflated upon it by more bank loans. How much more depends on the reserve requirement (42).

Conversely, the reverse is true if the Fed holds an open market sale, selling off assets.

Inflation could be halted in its tracks by a law prohibiting the purchases of assets by the Fed (under the naive assumption that the law would be followed). But this will not happen; the government puts the blame for inflation everywhere but where it belongs (43).

Listen to the mainstream news these days and you will see this in action! Of course, Dr. Rothbard believes, along with Ron Paul (and I agree) that the real solution to inflation is to abolish the Fed and return to the gold standard!

Exactly how is bank credit expanded? This is what Chapter 11 explains. Now, if all the banks were the same company, i.e., the same bank with many branches, this would be no problem as all the bank would need to do for a loan client would be to simply open an account for the borrower, list the amount loaned, and allow the borrower to write checks (44). The recipients of these checks would also be clients of the same banks and would deposit the checks there.

But, the way things are now, at least here in the U.S., there are many bank companies (at least on paper) and they compete (sort of). Dr. Rothbard is reviewing what he has gone over once: What happens if the recipient of the borrower's check is a client of a different bank? That bank goes to the first bank with the check for cash. But with the reserve requirement being so low, the first bank might not have the cash. Then what? Bankruptcy?

That is why a bank cannot just lend money in such amounts as to simply comply with the minimum reserve ratio. They all expand much less, according to a formula. The expansion is such that the first bank will be able to pay the second bank, so this problem is averted (45). In the end, the aggregate expansion (on the part of all the banks) is as high as it can be.

So the Federal Reserve purchases a bond, this expands the money supply by however much it paid for the bond, and then when the check for it was deposited, the money supply was expanded more by the portion of that money that was loaned out. That money too was spent and the check taken to a third bank. And so on and so on (46). What I could see here was that the same money was added over and over, and I have to wonder how that kind of arithmetic could be used. Had I done this in third grade, I would have had to stay after school.

But this is how it is done, and this is how the “money multiplier” (inflation) comes about.

Now, the next question is, how do government deficits come into play? This is an important question because the Bush administration spent with the abandon of a drunken sailor (this is really unfair, to drunken sailors that is) and I am fearful of how the Obama administration will behave. Are government deficits really as important as free market people claim?

Actually, government deficits and inflation do not necessarily go together. Government can be in the black while the Fed is inflating and vice versa. The government bonds the Fed buys are old ones (47). Deficits can be financed by the Treasury’s selling new bonds to the public which shifts money to the Treasury but does not create any new money (48).

The problem here is that money spent on government bonds is money taken away from true private-sector production. And, when payback time comes, it will raise the tax burden. This is why free market people complain that deficit spending is a tax on future generations who will be in the work force when payback time comes (49).

(They no longer simply “print out” currency to spend, even though free market people often say the “printing presses at the mint speed up.” That is purely an expression, but it boils down to the very same thing.)

The Treasury might also sell new bonds to commercial banks. This “monetizing the debt” creates new demand deposits to cover a government deficit. Thus, future taxpayers must not only pay for this with their taxes, but they must pay interest on it as well. This is both inflationary and a future tax burden, and it lines bankers' pockets (50).

So actually there is a connection between government deficits and inflation, and inflation if left unchecked can lead to runaway inflation (51).

So much for the nuts and bolts. Not very pretty, is it?

How did the scourge of central banking come to be, anyway? Dr. Rothbard turns to that next.

It started in England in the 1600s (52) with a deal between a government nearly broke from war (chances are that war was no more legal or moral than our wars in Iraq and Afghanistan, but that is only my making a presumption) and corrupt money-changers. The Whig Party was in control and that consisted of special-privileged monopolists. The foreign policy was imperialist and mercantilist (Gads! This sounds familiar!), the very thing that our Founders were so dead set against and that spurred on our founding. It was also the very same system we have today, thanks largely to the three villains I raked over the coals in Three Enemies.

These shenanigans cost big money then just as they do now. Government bonds did not sell, and the government did not dare raise taxes, as civil wars had been fought over this issue (53).

Where would the money come from? A diabolical scheme was hatched. A “Bank of England” would be founded, which could “buy” government bonds with “money” simply printed up. This “bank” would run the presses and print out notes. If you had a copier in your basement, printed up bills, took them to the store and tried to pass them off as the real deal you would be guilty of counterfeiting.

But that is exactly what this “Bank of England” did. It printed them and took them to the treasury and “bought” bonds. Then the government was no longer broke, and could finance its deficit.

Once this “bank” was chartered, the king and some in Parliament rushed right in and bought shares of stock in it. This whole thing was shrouded in mystery (which I read as hocus-pocus) and prestige, and I can only imagine the pomp and ceremony that went with it.

Later – long story short – the government allowed the Bank of England to stop paying its obligations in gold, but allowing it to demand payments to it be made in gold. This happened on and off for quite some time. The bank nearly failed, however, when some enterprising Tories founded a competing bank. This failed, and the Bank of England got its cronies in Parliament to outlaw such competition (54). Not only that, but banks became more strictly regulated in order to empower the Bank of England more.

England was beset with boom and bust, inflation and all that goes with it thanks to the central bank. Scotland, by contrast, had free banking and none of these problems (55). Mainstream historians and economists conveniently forget this. In fact, Scottish money was so much better than English that in border counties the English were using it instead of their own.

Later, in 1844, finally a classical liberal (libertarian), Sir Robert Peel became prime minister (56). As an advocate of 100 percent reserves, he instituted a crackdown on the Bank of England to stem the tide of inflation. However, his policies were flawed. Rather than close down the central bank, he gave it monopoly power. Monopoly privilege always has a corrupting influence. He also insisted that demand deposits were not part of the money supply, and that their issue (which I believe could mean loans of demand deposits) was not inflationary. So fractional reserve banking was not ended at all (57).

Let that be a word to the wise. It is a major step forward if a libertarian is in high public office. At least we would have a fighting chance to remove many shackles, but that libertarian had better understand monetary economics backwards, forwards, and sideways or else his or her policies might backfire.

In the United States, central banking got its start in the beginning. Not all the Founders were decentralist, small-government libertarians. Robert Morris, a war contractor supplying the Revolution, drove a central bank through the Continental Congress. He also favored a mercantilist system of the English sort against which the people had rebelled (58). A central bank would be part and parcel of that. Needless to say, a lot of money flowed into Morris's pockets, just as today it lines establishment pockets as a result.

Fortunately, the public was sharp (would that it would be so sharp today) and notes from the central bank were not well received. Finally, Morris decided the bank would have to change into a commercial bank like any other, and the federal government gave up its stock in it.

That ended the central bank scourge here in the States, for the time being at least.

But, alas, self-proclaimed authority always rears its ugly head, which is why the price of freedom is eternal vigilance.

Morris's cronies, called Nationalists (they called themselves “Federalists”), were still bound and determined to foist English-style mercantilism and statism on the American people, most of whom were in the libertarian Thomas Jefferson's camp. Secretary of the Treasury Alexander Hamilton, one of the Founders who was not on the right side, was a lapdog of Morris, and led the charge. Hamilton founded the next central bank, the First Bank of the United States. Unbacked paper money paid government debts and subsidized big-business cronies of government (59).

The wholesale price index rose by 72 percent in the 1790s, which should surprise nobody, and a score of new commercial banks came into being. Ditto for state banks and they multiplied like rabbits. These banks could print their own notes. The Jeffersonians could not do much about it as moderates took the wrong side. I really understand as today's libertarians (particularly we radicals) cannot even get a platform except on the Internet. The moderates at least could stop those radicals on the other side, the radical Nationalists or Federalists (60), which slowed down the slide down to despotism, but they also thwarted the rise up to freedom.

When this bank's charter was not renewed, causing it to close, free banking was tried again, but this time it did not work very well because it was not really tried! (This is kind of like capitalism today, when so many problems are blamed on capitalism; we do not have even a speck of free-enterprise capitalism.) Under free banking, when a bank cannot pay the checks on it, it goes bankrupt and must close. But this was not allowed. Banks were allowed to not pay their debts, and they were allowed to continue to print notes. This is a free ride, not free banking, and it really opened the floodgates to inflation (61).

Something had to be done, and there were two choices. One was to go back to hard (backed-up) money, compelling the banks to redeem in gold or else liquidate. This way was not chosen by the powerful elite. Rather, a new central bank was founded, the Second Bank of the United States, which opened in 1817.

At least a few people in Congress were able to be heard advocating a gold standard. Today there is one in Congress, Ron Paul, and how often do you see him on the news? Not very, even though he has a tremendous following, including myself.

Just one year later, in 1818, inflation was so rampant that the central bank curtailed loans and credit, beginning an enormous contraction and a depression (62). This seems similar to what we are seeing today.

Finally, during the 1820s, a serious move to restore the gold standard and laissez-faire was made. President Andrew Jackson, who was by no means perfect (63), was part of this movement and in 1831 his veto prevented the renewal of the Bank's charter. That veto also got him re-elected in 1832.

Some claim there was no inflation in the 1820s because prices did not really rise (the very same thing happened a century later in the 1920s). The reason prices did not rise was gains in productivity increased the amount of goods and services in the market, and this increase pushes prices down. What is important is that prices are higher than they would have been had inflation not occurred (64).

Inflation continued even after the central bank was jettisoned, but this time it was for an unrelated reason. There was an influx of silver coins from Mexico, caused by the Mexican government’s minting copper coins and trying to pass them off as equal in value to silver ones. We still had fractional reserve, so we were not in free banking heaven, and banks inflated on top of this silver (65).

The deflation and recession that was sure to follow had a very speedy recovery (66). Of course, at that time we were not saddled with any “New Deal” as we were later in the 1930s or any “bailouts” as we are now, which really only make matters worse as those who know sound economic theory understand.

But, alas, people did still have confidence in the banks and the cycle continued until the central bank closed in 1841.

Meanwhile the states were going broke, as so many are now, and, as now, were pleading for federal help over the objections of the citizens, who at that time had the brains and the backbone to look out for #1 rather than the state and its rich cronies (67). The Whigs were in power and they issued $200 million in bonds to help. Of course at that time that was an astronomical sum, maybe even more than today's bailout.

If you read my Three Enemies on this blog, you might remember the Whigs and Henry Clay's totally evil “American System.” I can pick up the strong, putrid stench of that here.

Dr. Rothbard points out that the recession at that time was not a hardship on the people (except for a few months), at least not compared to the Great Depression and the deep recession we are experiencing at this time, as I write this on January 28, 2009 (68). There is absolutely no comparison between the economy then and the economy now. Despite all the advanced technology today, problems of unemployment, foreclosures, etc. are rampant. The difference is, today's economy is riddled with regulation, sometimes hair-splitting rules from all levels of too-big and ever-growing government. And the rules are very strict these days with enforcers who act as if they think they are better. In the 1840s, the economy was very free, the freest on earth, allowing individuals to go as far as their ability and ambition would take them.

After these episodes, central banking was ended once and for all and a system of “free banking” was instituted. However, it was anything but free; it bore no resemblance to the free banking described by Dr. Rothbard earlier in the book. For one thing, banks were allowed to inflate on top of state government bonds they had invested in (69), meaning they could inflate on state government debt. This, along with a myriad of regulations and special privilege, did not add up to free banking, but at least it was not fiat money.

When the War Against Southern Independence began in 1861, however, money (greenbacks) was simply printed up to finance the war. The money supply almost doubled in three years (70). Later, the greenbacks were discontinued, but public debt financed the rest of the war. This public debt was bonds sold to the public, like today's savings bonds or municipal bonds, the bond issues I always vote “No” on.

Then the National Banking Acts were passed which were worse for the monetary system than anything else. (I also notice the same names coming up again and again; the same elite fatcats are always at the bottom of it.) This was not a central bank, but it was a cartelized and inflationary banking system. It paved the way to the central bank that has wreaked so much havoc on us during the twentieth and twenty-first centuries so far: the Federal Reserve. The statist mentality prevailing after the turn of the twentieth century made it inevitable that central banking was here to stay. During and after the War of Secession, inflationary policies were going gangbusters (71).

After the war, National and State banks proliferated like rabbits and all of them inflated on their deposits (72). This caused a few “panics” (recessions), the last one being in 1907, the worst one before the Federal Reserve. Bankers wanted the possibility of a government bailout were their banks to get into trouble (73). And they wanted money to be “elastic,” a fancy term meaning they wanted government to create more when “needed.” Of course, the entire establishment was on that page; there is no way they could not know that this would cause the gravitation of wealth into establishment coffers. Either they had seen it happen, they had studied it, or they had figured it out. People are not part of the establishment because they are dumb or ignorant.

People are part of the establishment because they are evil!

This statist, collectivist mentality was called progressivism and (like “progressive” education) it was modeled after Bismarck’s Germany (74). It was about as progressive as taking a wife by clobbering her over the head and dragging her off by the hair, and no more respectful of individual rights. But, alas, the term “progressive” is still used to describe this mentality, and when young people hear the term and look it up in the dictionary, they often say, “Gee! That's me!” I made that mistake myself, but fortunately got disillusioned right quick. The same applies to the term “liberal.” It is very backward and very illiberal.

The biggest shots in the establishment held the infamous Jekyll Island, Georgia, meeting in December, 1910, to hammer out the details of the even more infamous Federal Reserve Act of 1913. The year 1913 was a very dark one because of that, and also because the federal income tax was rammed through (via chicanery) in the same year.

The Federal Reserve was created for the purpose of inflation (75). For one thing, it had a legal monopoly on the legal printing of notes, so banks had to go to it for money for their customers. The Fed's “reserve banks” got to inflate on top of their deposits at the Fed, member banks could inflate on top of their deposits at reserve banks, and non-member banks could inflate on top of their deposits at member banks (76). This added up to a heck of a lot of inflation! Not only that, the reserve requirement was halved (77).

At first, gold certificates were made available. These were backed 100 percent by gold, but it was not long before these were withdrawn by the Fed and substituted for by Federal Reserve notes which were backed only 40 percent (78).

Bank deposits rose during the boom of the 1920's. Dr. Rothbard points out that the boom was largely fueled by credit expansion going into time deposits, especially in New York and Chicago where the Fed's open market operations were conducted. These time deposits “were not genuine savings but merely a convenient means by which the commercial banks expanded on top of new reserves generated by open market operations,” he wrote (79). Businesspeople and others would borrow, and any borrowed money they did not need right away would be placed in an interest-bearing time deposit.

Dr. Rothbard goes on to name names. It reads like a who's who of the establishment of the time. There were connections with munitions factories which, along with the inflation, spurred us on into unnecessary involvement with World War I (which also led to a draft and the early death of many thousands of the best and brightest).

Now, in Chapter 17, “Conclusion: The Present Banking Situation and What to Do About It,” Dr. Rothbard winds the book down. Right off, he says that, after the crash of 1929, the Fed under Hoover went right to work to inflate the currency, with open market purchases and heavy loans to banks. But the public distrusted the banks, and that stonewalled the whole thing. I guess the public was a bit more sophisticated then, at least in that regard. (People were pretty naive, however, being tricked into giving up their gold, obeying a ton of rules that only made things worse, not to mention allowing freedom's arch-enemy Franklin Delano Roosevelt to imprison 110,000 law-abiding Americans of Japanese ancestry for absolutely no reason at all. Please see my Three Enemies essay on this blog where I am proud to have excoriated this evil-doer.)

Another evil thing the Roosevelt administration did (the list seems to go on forever; you would think they were trying to stamp out prosperity and individualism forever) was to take the country off the domestic gold standard. Internationally, we were still on the gold standard, albeit with a debased dollar. Americans' gold was taken away (“borrowed,” but of course it was never given back). The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation guaranteed bank deposits and that calmed the fear of bank runs. It still does. If your bank goes belly-up, the FDIC will refund your money (80). That seems good, but it is only one bright spot in an otherwise dark picture. Individuals are, quite honestly, screwed by the system no matter what they do.

What galls me the most is that most people do not even know it! One of these years, I will have to write about the school system...

All of this is one thing that prolonged the Great Depression. Another equally important factor was President Herbert Hoover's economic interventions followed by President Roosevelt's, the latter magnifying the former's regimentation of the economy. The Depression went on and on. Dr. Rothbard's very brief list of what they did (81) reads like a brief rundown of what the Bush and Obama administrations are trying to do now, and the results will be no better.

After World War II – Dr. Rothbard mentions international monetary policy as a big reason for the United States to enter (82) – there was a turn of events in Europe. Some countries wised up and turned to hard money and free market principles, leaving the U.S. as the most inflationary power. Gold flowed out of the country into the hands of Europeans (83).

Of course, one of the darkest days in history, August 15, 1971, the diabolical President Richard Nixon declared a complete end to the gold standard. He also declared an across-the-board price freeze. I did not understand the part about the gold at the time, but even I knew the damage price controls would do. I thought I was having a nightmare.

Now we come to the present. Just how is the Fed to control the money supply? And just what is the money supply? With this confusing array of M1, M2, M3, etc., nobody can agree on that (84)! The lines between these Ms get fuzzier. I remember when my savings bank gave me checks to write against my money market account. I also remember when my simple checking account started to pay interest. Checking account money and money market or CD money are not the same M. Or are they? There are lots of changes like that.

The real difference between money that is part of the money supply and money that is not part of the money supply, says Dr. Rothbard, is whether it is available in cash, on demand at par (presumably this means without a penalty). If it is, it is part of the money supply. If not, it isn't (85).

In other words, your checking account that you use day in and day out is part of the money supply. It is money in, money out all the time. But your certificate of deposit (CD) is a time deposit and you must wait until the end of the term to withdraw or else pay a very large penalty. This is because the bank has loaned the money out on a time loan. That CD is not part of the money supply.

“M1” is cold cash plus demand deposits, and things like travelers' checks. “M2” is that plus short term deposits. There are a lot more Ms that I remember from economics courses (seems like they go up to 25 or so), and the higher they go, the more illiquid the money is. I think of the cash in my billfold and money in my checking account as “liquid.” And, I think of my CDs as “gelatinous” (my term, not Dr. Rothbard's) since I can get money out but it will cost me plenty. These, I think, become “liquid” during rollover time. So, what would the CDs actually be? M2 because of their smaller size? M3 because of their longer term? I am not sure and I do not think that is agreed upon (86). What about money I could get by exercising my God-given right to sell a kidney? That money is not at all liquid, but is rock solid. M100 perhaps? That particular liquidation is not on my agenda, at least not for the foreseeable future. That would be last resort, but since individuals have every right in the world to do that, it is a possibility. (A God-given right, though, is not necessarily legal, and man-denied rights include selling body parts, which is illegal. Editor)

The Ms are not easy to sort out, as Dr. Rothbard illustrates toward the end of the chapter.

Lastly, he discusses how to return to sound money. I guess first of all we have to give the entire establishment one-way tickets to a long and happy retirement some place outside the U.S. and lock the door behind them. The French Riviera perhaps? That expense would be a drop in the bucket compared to the astounding deficit the government has racked up at this time.

To abolish the Fed, return to the gold standard, and separate money from state would be necessary. A 100 percent reserve would have to be enforced (87).

The dollar must be redeemable in gold on demand, regardless. In a free country, the government has no “emergency powers.” Rights are unalienable and these include the right to own gold. This is the only way to have a true gold standard that people can trust.

However, it has to be determined some way how many dollars shall equal an ounce of gold. It was $20, then $35 decades ago, but that is certainly dated now. How about Ludwig von Mises' proposition to use the current market price? Right now I believe that would be about $1000 per ounce [which is down to below $900 toward the end of April. Editor]. This illustrates the inflation we have undergone: Today's dollar is worth about what two cents was at one time. Maybe less! My parents, when they were dating in the early 1930s, frequented restaurants where they could get a full-course dinner for a dime. After dinner, they would go to a local “speakeasy” (an illegal bar during prohibition – they made me proud!! and I wasn't even to be born for quite some time). Today a dinner like that could easily be well more than $20, which is two hundred times as much! So, today's dollar is worth about a half cent!

But, once the price of an ounce of gold is established, it must be fixed by definition. A dollar would be defined as 1/1000 of an ounce of gold, just as a yard is defined as three feet.

And, Dr. Rothbard adds, the gold that was stolen from the people in 1933 must be returned by the redemption in dollars (88). I personally think it should be returned to the heirs of those from whom it was stolen, but I don't know how or if records were kept.

He briefly outlines a step-by-step plan for the changeover (89). After the dollar is defined, all the gold should be removed from Fort Knox and other places where the Treasury has it (is there really any left?) and sent to the banks, liquidating their accounts at the Fed. Banks would have to keep a 100 percent reserve. Banks would have to keep a tight ship or else bank runs would bankrupt them. The minting of coins could be done by private companies on a competitive basis.

My only question: What would keep the gold from exiting the country? We would hope other countries would see the benefits of a gold (or some commodity) standard and follow suit with their own gold. Otherwise, that question is unanswered.

But, at the end of the day, a gold standard is by far and away better than what we have now.

(1) Rothbard, Murray N., The Mystery of Banking, Second Edition, Ludwig von Mises Institute, Auburn, 2008, P. 32.

(2) Ibid. P. 34.

(3) Ibid. P. 36.

(4) Ibid. P. 39.

(5) Ibid. P. 44 - 45.

(6) Ibid. P. 48.

(7) Ibid. P. 51.

(8) Ibid. P. 5.

(9) Ibid. P. 67.

(10) Ibid. P. 68 - 69.

(11) Ibid. P. 72.

(12) Ibid. P. 74.

(13) Ibid. P. 76 - 79.

(14) Ibid. P. 85.

(15) Ibid. P. 86.

(16) Ibid. P. 87.

(17) Ibid. P. 92.

(18) Ibid. P. 96.

(19) Ibid. P. 97.

(20) Ibid. P. 98.

(21) Ibid. P. 101.

(22) Ibid. P. 101.

(23) Ibid. P. 102.

(24) Ibid. P. 103.

(25) Ibid. P. 107.

(26) Ibid. P. 110.

(27) Ibid. P. 112 - 113.

(28) Ibid. P. 114.

(29) Ibid. P. 123.

(30) Ibid. P. 125.

(31) Ibid. P. 126 - 132.

(32) Ibid. P. 132.

(33) See http://www.fear.org/

(34) The Mystery of Banking P. 134.

(35) Ibid. P. 136.

(36) Ibid. P. 137 - 138.

(37) Ibid. P. 147.

(38) Ibid. P. 149.

(39) Ibid. P. 149.

(40) Ibid. P. 150.

(41) Ibid. P. 151.

(42) Ibid. P. 155 - 156.

(43) Ibid. P. 158.

(44) Ibid. P. 161.

(45) Ibid. P. 164.

(46) Ibid. 166 - 169.

(47) Ibid. P. 170.

(48) Ibid. P. 171.

(49) Ibid. P. 171.

(50) Ibid. P. 172.

(51) Ibid. P. 176.

(52) Ibid. P. 177.

(53) Ibid. P. 178.

(54) Ibid. P. 180.

(55) Ibid. P. 183.

(56) Ibid. P. 186.

(57) Ibid. P. 188.

(58) Ibid. P. 192.

(59) Ibid. P. 193 - 194.

(60) Ibid. P. 195.

(61) Ibid. P. 197.

(62) Ibid. P. 203 - 204.

(63) According to left-wing historian Howard Zinn, Pres. Jackson mistreated the Indians terribly. See Zinn, Howard, A People's History of the United States, HarperPerennial, New York, 1990.

(64) The Mystery of Banking P. 204.

(65) Ibid. P. 210.

(66) Ibid. P. 211.

(67) Ibid. P. 212.

(68) Ibid. P. 213 - 214.

(70) Ibid. P. 219.

(71) Ibid. P. 226 - 229.

(72) Ibid. P. 229.

(73) Ibid. P. 230.

(74) Ibid. P. 232.

(75) Ibid. P. 235.

(76) Ibid. P. 236. See the reverse pyramid.

(77) Ibid. P. 238.

(78) Ibid. P. 238.

(79) Ibid. P. 240.

(80) Ibid. P. 248.

(81) Ibid. P. 248.

(82) Ibid. P. 249.

(83) Ibid. P. 251.

(84) Ibid. P. 252.

(85) Ibid. P. 254 - 255.

(86) Ibid. P. 255 - 256.

(87) Ibid. P. 261.

(88) Ibid. P. 262.

(89) Ibid. P. 263 - 264.

America's Great Depression

AMERICA’S GREAT DEPRESSION
by Murray N. Rothbard

While reading the introduction to this great work by Dr. Rothbard, one thing stood out immediately: Just about everyone at the time of the Depression accepted the idea that “laissez-faire capitalism was to blame.” They believed that “unreconstructed capitalism” prevailed during the 1920s and that the crash in 1929 “showed” that it could “no longer work.” We needed a top-down management of the economy and then if another depression were to occur, socialism would be the answer (1).

Well, the top-down fiscal and monetary management we have suffered through ever since has brought a series of recessions, the worst of which we are now in. And, sure enough, the entire establishment is bleating for one or another degree of socialism.

The “unbridled capitalism” of the last decade is being blamed. One who is knowledgeable does not know whether to laugh or cry; it is very frustrating to one who knows that there is very little (if anything) left of free-market capitalism now, especially during the extremely heavy-handed G.W. Bush years.

It is assumed that the free market causes depressions. Where is the proof? Or even evidence? There isn’t any. We have not had a free market to cause either the Great Depression or this one, which proves that depressions and recessions can occur in the absence of a free market. We do have evidence, as Dr. Rothbard has shown in many works, including the one I have just reviewed, that the more free the market and the more free banking is, the fewer, milder, and shorter recessions will be. In fact, he and Ludwig von Mises have shown compelling evidence that monetary intervention such as money and credit expansion is the cause of depressions and recessions (2).

The aim of this book is to describe and highlight the causes of the 1929 depression. This is not a list of all that happened during the time, but is a trace of cause and effect. We will be looking at 1921 through 1929, the boom period preceding the depression, for causes of it. Then we will be looking at 1929 through 1933 for why it lasted so long.

Dr. Rothbard starts off in Chapter 1, “The Positive Theory of the Cycle,” with another obvious statement: If you are going to study a business cycle, then you must base your study on business cycle theory. Just crunching statistics numbers does not cut it. You need a theory to go on (3). My question: But what if that theory is wrong? Well, let’s see what he says.

The problem is, most students of the business cycle have no theory at all.

Ludwig von Mises pioneered a cycle theory that stems from general economic theory, and Dr. Rothbard makes the claim that this makes it the only theory that provides a correct explanation (4).

Now, a business cycle is not an ordinary business fluctuation. There will be fluctuations in any market. Things change. Entrepreneurs predict consumer wants, sometimes rightly and sometimes wrongly, and consumer wants, like time preferences, change. Also, technological improvements and weather changes occur. We can expect that. I am a very healthy female person and most days I feel really good, but there are some days I feel less good or, rarely, really lousy, and some days I feel absolutely great, on a monthly or non-monthly basis and I don’t think anything of it. These are fluctuations. We do not have the “evenly rotating economy” Dr. Rothbard described in Man, Economy and State for the purpose of illustrating his points. That is why there never has been and never will any “stability.” Conditions change and people change. This is what “fluctuations” are (5).

I used to love ramen noodles and eat them every day. Now, I am sick and tired of them. Egg noodles are now preferred. This is a change in one consumer’s wants. Everyone changes in these small ways. Sometimes, many people suddenly start to like something, such as hula hoops in the summer of 1958. Some entrepreneur is still rolling in dough from that! But, these are fluctuations, the former being almost insignificant, and the latter being very significant at that time. Business cycle theory does not deal with this.

Business cycle theory deals with when there is a general (across the economy) boom or depression. It would not deal with a person’s, even a million people’s switching from ramen to egg noodles. It would deal with supply, demand, and prices all (or mostly) moving up or down. In other words, we are dealing with what is going on across the board. Such movements across the board are transmitted by money. Causes for these changes occur in the monetary sphere (6). We have already discussed changes in the supply of money which change the general price level.

But, the question is, why is this so important to business cycle theory?

It is because of a “cluster of business errors,” Dr. Rothbard explains. It takes time to explain it all. It is too bad that most people simply cannot or will not take the time to study this. They want 30-second sound bites. When it comes to this subject, 30-second sound bites simply do not cut it, but most people simply will not listen any longer than that. They believe they are “well-read” if they read the newspaper. They are infantile, and it is not entirely their fault. The establishment has planned it that way, first by what passes for “education,” and second by keeping the tax and regulatory level so high that a two-parent family might have to have four paychecks (four!) just to keep up!

They do not have any time! How is a four-paycheck family with three children (with layoffs and foreclosure a real possibility, not to mention pensions, IRAs and other savings going up in smoke) going to set aside time to study business-cycle theory? It’s not happening! Even as a single young retiree, I resent the hours taken away just keeping myself alive with mundane tasks that seem to go on forever. A family of five has many times as much to do in addition to bringing home the bacon and frying it in a pan. That is why most people almost have to be nailed down to hear even the simplest libertarian precept.

Meanwhile, back at the ranch, what is this “cluster of business errors”? Everything seems to be going very nicely, and then rather suddenly it is seen that businesses are making poor decisions. Not just a few businesses, but lots of them. Their wrong decisions cause them to incur losses. Entrepreneurs, whose job it is to take risks and try to foresee consumer and producer needs, make profits when they are right and losses when they are wrong. So, the question is, why would almost all of them err at one time? (7)

Right now on the news we have been hearing about all these companies, big and small, some of which are a century old, having made some foolish decisions. We have seen empty storefronts where there have been companies that went out of business because of “foolish” decisions. Also we have seen homeowners being foreclosed because they made the “wrong” decision to buy in the first place.

Why? Is it a contagious disease?

All this is generated by an expansion of bank credit (8). So, how is bank credit expanded?

Dr. Rothbard then begins to talk about interest rates and how they are determined. Generally speaking, on the free market, interest rates are determined by people’s time preferences. If people’s time preferences are high, as they seem to be right now, i.e., if people want what they want when they want it and cannot get to the mall fast enough to spend their money, then they save less. If you spend more, then obviously you save less. Less money in time deposits like CDs means less money for banks to lend, and the law of supply and demand will raise interest rates. Conversely, if time preferences are low and people are frugal and save their money, there will be more available for loans, driving down interest rates. That is on the free market with a 100 percent reserve requirement.

But, what about our market which is far from free and has a very low reserve requirement? The nuts and bolts were explained by Dr. Rothbard in The Mystery of Banking. The banks can inflate on top of saved money. If you and all your friends have CDs at the bank, all rolling over at different times, what are the chances of all of you redeeming these CDs at the same time? Very low, and that is what the bank is banking on. So, for every dollar in those CDs, they can lend several dollars. Business people who are borrowing believe, or act as if they believe, that the money they are borrowing is money people put in the bank. However, a lot more money is being loaned out than was deposited and this takes interest rates artificially low.

So we have a situation now where few dollars are in CDs (people go to the mall instead) and lots are lent out at low interest. Businesspeople take this borrowed money and use it for capital for their businesses. For instance, the bakery needs a new oven and gets one. These expenditures increase the demand for such capital and producer goods, driving prices on them up. This in turn stimulates more investment in capital goods, leaving less investment in consumer goods.

As this new (inflated) money trickles around to wages, etc., unless there has been a shift of some kind, it will be spent in the old consumption-investment proportion as before. Then it will be seen that the change in investment from consumer goods to capital or producer goods was wrong. Capital goods have been overproduced and some of these stand idle (9).

It is during the “boom” that these malinvestment errors are made, and they were made because of the expansion of bank credit. The “crisis” appears when consumers re-establish their true desires by continuing old consumption-investment proportions. The “depression” occurs as the economy is re-adjusting to consumer desires. Wasteful projects are being liquidated. It is sad to see so many people being thrown out of work, but that is the result of poor monetary policies, and the continuation of these policies with the bailouts of banks and favored big businesses will only postpone, and worsen, the consequences. The best that can be done is to make the best possible use of capital that is sitting idle (10). This does not include a government takeover.

So, now we see, however briefly, how bank credit expansion causes depressions. It is most definitely not any lack of consumer spending. And, if government would just get out of the way and allow it, the present recession could end within a year or so, maybe even sooner.

Another feature of a depression might be deflation. This is a real silver lining as prices go down giving consumers a break. We might be seeing a bit of that now in early 2009. Possibly prices are not actually going down, but they are not going up compared with the increase in the money supply. People are being wise and braking their spending which is prompting stores to offer discounts. So, tight-fist Alice here trots out the door to the mall, where I find parking easy and prices reasonable. I go to the Foot Locker for some new cross-training shoes, to Home Depot for miscellaneous repair items, to Sports something-or-other for some new sweatsuits and T-shirts, and to Walmart and Target for underwear and socks, and also for some new pumps, slacks, blouses, and maybe a purse for church and more “pulled-up” occasions.

Well, what can you expect from someone who considers Super 8 a fancy hotel?

I believe that the continued injection of money into the money supply will fuel inflation again, so needed items should be bought now. My old table radio is wearing out and music means a lot to me, so I got a new Bose high-gain table radio with a special high-gain antenna to replace it. Too bad I do not need a new TV, computer, desk, couch or other furniture. Get it anyway? No. There is never any reason to get un-needed items unless you believe you can sell them at a profit later. Storage does cost.

Deflation is a blessing, but it does not always occur during a recession. Deflation is actually a lowering of the money supply which I do not believe is happening unless people are hoarding money. If prices are not rising I think it is mostly due to lowered aggregate demand.

But, Dr. Rothbard says the depression begins when inflation ends (11), and depression (or recession) has definitely begun. So, I don’t pretend to know; I just know that businesses are closing, layoffs and foreclosures (symptoms of deflation) are all over the news but government is still in bailouts using un-backed money (symptoms of inflation, especially when banks are on the receiving end of that money).

Another symptom of depression is the demand for money (12). That also tends to lower prices as people brake their spending and pay off debts. That is smart. Businesses, in the rash of bankruptcies, are cautious. That is smart too. Government’s admonitions to go forth and spend are being wisely ignored. Part of President Obama’s bailout plan includes what I consider a small tax break. Good. I resent the implication that allowing people to keep their own hard-earned money constitutes a bailout, but I never met a tax break I didn’t like, so at least that much is good.

This “hoarding” of money and other items, as politically incorrect as it is, is downright good. It does not harm the recovery. What brings about the recovery is the prices of capital goods falling faster than the prices of consumer goods. The fact that businesses have to pay a lot less for capital goods and can charge a little less for consumer goods means a greater profit margin.

This deflation, coupled with less spending and more saving, will end the depression, barring government interference. You cannot spend yourself rich. But you can prosper if you save.

So, what should the government do? Mr. Libertarian, as Lew Rockwell calls Dr. Rothbard, says it should do nothing. Stay out of the way. Any government action will either have no effect at all or will do harm. Remember what the Roosevelt administration did, what the Nixon administration did, and what the Bush and Obama administrations did and are doing. Harm, harm, and more harm.

The government’s favorite “cures” for a depression are the very things that will delay the recovery. These are preventing or delaying the liquidation with bailouts, furthering inflation with the encouragement of more loans, keeping wages and prices higher, telling people to spend, spend, spend, and, of course government deficit spending (13). This is what was done during the Great Depression and this is what is being done now.

If politicians and bureaucrats have ants in their pants and have to act, what they can do is slash government spending and taxes, but I do not think this is quite what they have in mind. Such action will tend to increase people’s propensity to save (14).

The best way to deal with a depression is to prevent it in the first place. First, the government must prevent inflationary credit expansion from the beginning. This could be done by a system of competitive free banking as described in The Mystery of Banking, and defining a fractional reserve as the fraud it actually is (15).

Of course the establishment will not hear of it! Of course not! After all, they have a lot to lose if they concede that freedom is the way to go. So Dr. Rothbard discusses some Keynesian answers to his and Mises’ proposals.

One Keynesian complaint about Austrian and classical economics is the association between savings and investment. The Keynesians claim that there is no common ground between the two, for “savings” are taken out of the economy, they say, and “investments” are plowed back into it. But, where does investment money come from other than savings? If I invest in $1000 worth of gold today because I am convinced that inflation is nigh, where am I going to get the grand? Either from savings, or from bank credit, but we have already seen the results of bank credit. I could borrow from a friend, but then it is my friend’s savings. Or I could invest the $1000 in future spending by locking it up in a safe. In any case, when a person has money, he decides how much to spend now and how much to spend later and that depends on his time preference (16). If one locks the cash up, one’s demand for money has increased. This is a saving and an investment in the future. Saving is really the same thing as investing.

The Keynesians also claim that interest rates are determined by some “liquidity preference,” which means demand for money. I guess it means they think people squirrel away cash. I think nearly everyone does hide some cash, but not enough to affect anything. In a free market, interest rates are determined by people’s time preferences, the same as is the ratio of consumption to savings. Of course the natural (time-preference) rate of interest is what Dr. Rothbard refers to, which is not necessarily the interest being paid on loans (17).

Next, we get into a section on Keynesianism and wages. During deflation prices fall. As much as we’d all like to see wages hang steady, they are a cost, a price, the price of labor, and have to fall too. And, under normal circumstances, they cannot rise over free-market rates without unemployment. But Keynesians want to prop wages up regardless. They seem to (conveniently) forget that when prices and wages both drop, real wages do not drop. Governments and unions keep wages artificially high, and they advocate inflation to curb unemployment. The inflation brings real wages down, and the unions and the government do not object to that, which proves to me that they really do not care about the wage-earner. What they really want is to line fat-cat pockets, which this does.

Right now we hear of people – you might be one of them – who are out of a job due to massive lay-offs and are sending resumes out by the thousands with no response at all. Many of these people would be glad to forgo benefits and/or accept low wages as anything is better than what they are getting now. But, this is not allowed and I do not hear any talk from the establishment about changing the rules. They have to know this! It is not rocket science, but they care so little about the individual that to really help him is out of the question. And some workers have been fooled into buying into that. They are devoted to their unions, or believe in the system (read believe that Obama will save them) or both (18). To allow wage rates to drop would allow more hiring (19).

One must remember that, when government sets minimum wages, people who really want to work and would accept lower wages are barred. Those who are not willing to work at the lower wage can always decline a job. Nobody is forcing them. What this means is that government is making a decision for you that you have every right to make yourself based on your rational self-interest.

You have the right to negotiate your wage the same as you have the right take a drug or drive without a seatbelt. It is your life; God in His infinite wisdom gave it to you as your sole property. And, no matter how many laws are made, you still have this right as rights are unalienable.

Sometimes something other than a boom precipitates an economic crisis, as Dr. Rothbard begins with in Chapter 3, “Some Alternative Explanations of Depression: A Critique.” These are things like a cutoff of an important import, a sharp increase in taxation, or a sudden distrust in banks. These are all government-precipitated but I would think that other things like weather problems, such as the extra-severe winter this year in eastern parts of the country, would qualify. But I believe Dr. Rothbard in this book is sticking to problems caused by economic policies which explain the deeper causes of the Great Depression and myths about these causes (20).

One of these myths, very easy to see through by anyone who is willing to so much as peek out of the box, is that general “overproduction” is a cause, or the cause of a depression. The problem that we now have is being caused by too many goods and services? How can that be when people’s wants seem to go on forever? Resources are scarce, but one’s wants are plentiful. Even the Keynesians agree with that. As long as there are wants, production is needed to satisfy them.

The establishment bleats, however, the goods are there, but people cannot afford them. The answer is simple. Even the “greediest” businesspeople need to get rid of their merchandise since they need money too. So, whether they like it or not, they have to lower their prices or else keep the merchandise. They either accept low prices or they make no money at all. So, down prices come and more people start buying (21).

The problem here is not that items must be sold at too-low prices. The problem is that the businessperson paid too much to buy or make these items. This is one of that cluster of errors that so many businesspeople made at the same time that Dr. Rothbard already discussed. Production went into unprofitable lines because of the expansion of credit. Any overproduction was in these unprofitable lines that caused underproduction in other lines (22).

Corollary to the idea of “overproduction” is the idea of “underconsumption.” The idea is that production over-ran consumption during the boom. But, then, why did costs rise so much that products are unprofitable at selling prices? See above (23).

Dr. Rothbard next attacks the establishment’s myth of “the acceleration principle.” This is the idea that consumption (which the government seems to be encouraging) will add to production. This seems plausible, but only to the economic theory novice. Actually, the only way to increase production is by saving (investing). We need to think of basics. Remember Crusoe. In order to produce, we need capital. To get capital we need to save. To save, we must curtail consumption. The only other way is expansion of credit, which leads down the path to depression (24).

There are many things wrong with the acceleration principle, but that is the main one.

Only the Austrian school of economic thought (the libertarian school that is associated with Dr. Rothbard, Ludwig von Mises, and Friederich Hayek, and the one I subscribe to) regards an inflationary boom as a “bad” thing. It isn’t that we don’t like prosperity – of course we do. But the inflationary boom necessitates a depression. And, the longer and “boomier” the boom, the longer and worse the depression. We have seen why in these works by Rothbard.

Now, we turn to Part II of the book: “The Inflationary Boom: 1921 - 1929.”

One big mistake that most economic theories make is to use statistics to prove one theory or disprove another. Statistics reflect the operation of numerous causal forces. One of the things that always happens when bank credit is expanded is that interest rates go lower than they would have gone otherwise. But, a statistic will show a certain interest rate only; it will not show what the rate would have been without credit expansion (25).

The same goes for consumer prices during the 1920s. This was a highly inflationary period, but prices remained steady or even dropped. If you go by statistics only, you might think there was no inflation. There was, though, great technological progress during that time, such as electricity, internal combustion engines, telephones, and radio becoming widespread and making it possible to produce more goods faster and less expensively. This had a downward pressure on prices. Had there not been inflation, prices would have dropped much more, and more people would have been able to partake in prosperity. But, statistics do not show that.

So, exactly how much did the money supply increase between 1921 and 1929? The table on P. 88 shows it increased by more than half again (63% he later states). The table (I wish I could reproduce it here) is broken down by currency outside of banks, demand deposits, time deposits, and other areas, and also shows the annual change in money supply.

That is your evidence of inflation in the 1920s. I greatly fear the money supply has been increasing faster than that during the Bush years. We were still on the gold standard in the 1920s. The inflation took place in the form of bank loans to businesses. The increase in the money supply was not covered by any increase in the gold supply regardless of some discussions of 1920s inflation (26). The gold supply did increase but the dollar supply increased a lot more. The banking system was actually bankrupt (27). So, exactly what was responsible for all of this? Well, duh! Greedy government and government-connected fatcats, of course, but how did they do it?

Dr. Rothbard said that currency in circulation (meaning pocket money) did not increase. The expansion took place in bank deposits and other monetary credit. Bank deposits are the foundation on which expansion is based, as he explained earlier. The reserve requirement varied according to where the bank was, but 13 percent was the highest. “Country” banks had the lowest requirement, 3 percent (28). So, was there a shift in demand deposits to “country” banks? Actually, there was not, which surprised me. Nor was there a shift from Fed member to Fed non-member banks.

However, there was an increase in the percentage of time deposits in the ‘20s. This is important as the reserve requirement on time deposits was much lower than that on demand deposits (both were obscenely low). There were time deposits in commercial banks (besides S&Ls) and commercial banks have a lot to gain by these, so of course they pitched time deposits to their customers, presumably by dangling attractive interest rates. I remember this happening in the early 1980s. I got to the bank and it was full of other yuppies with their tongues hanging out because of 15 percent interest rates. We were experiencing 18 percent inflation, but a loss of 3 percent was a lot better than a loss of 18 percent, so I bit too. What irked me the most then and still does now was that most people thought they were gaining 15 percent rather than losing 3 percent. Can’t they do simple arithmetic? Or is their blind faith in the system really that abject?

Thus, a change in reserve requirements was a definite factor, and so was a change in the total bank reserves themselves. The increase in total reserves accounted for more than 80 percent of the inflation (29).

But what caused the increase in reserves? This is key. Was this controlled by the Fed or another part of the government, or was it the result of market forces? At that time, one could deposit gold at the bank, and the bank would add that gold to its reserves at the Fed. (Most of these gold deposits were foreign transactions.) Of course at the time people did not know the coming Roosevelt administration was going to “borrow” (read steal) the people’s gold.

Let’s stop here a moment for a sidebar, a very important lesson that I hope you have already learned. If government at any level ever, and I mean ever wants to “borrow” anything, gold, guns, toilet paper, anything, and offers you a receipt, even a framed, engraved receipt, along with an ironclad promise on a stack of Bibles to return the item, do not under any circumstances whatsoever turn over your item if you value it. You will probably never see it again.

Also, fellow dissidents, listen up, if the government (or a firm you have never heard of) “invites” you to go and collect a “prize” you have “won,” don’t go. This is how they find and catch crooks. Well, crooks are dumb enough to fall for that, but we are not.

Meanwhile, back at the ranch, people would deposit their gold at the bank. This was the only increase or decrease of reserves the marketplace controlled. Other ways to increase or decrease reserves were controlled by the Fed or by the government (30). At the top of this list is Open Market purchases by the Fed. Then comes Fed loans to banks, and several more causes of changes in reserves. There are two tables shown on P. 102 and P. 103 that depict the forces causing reserve changes in the 1920s, and the rates in these changes. Reserves controlled by the market (i.e., gold reserves) declined, while reserves controlled by the Fed and the government increased dramatically. Dr. Rothbard believes this was entirely deliberate. It is a cinch, however, that deliberate or not, the inflation was not caused by an influx of gold. It does appear as though continuous and permanent inflation was the Fed’s goal (31). Loans to banks were on very easy terms; banks could borrow from the Fed at well below market rates, then lend at market rates (or maybe somewhat below), making a tidy profit on what amounts to a cost-plus basis for the purpose of helping all kinds of “legitimate” business (read “favored” business which obviously means big, pro-establishment business, and of course campaign contributions were involved then as now).

This is the result of a bailout having “strings attached.” We had a “no-strings” bailout in 2008. (I am not so sure there were really no strings.) For the coming bailout (or “stimulus package” as they insist on calling it) there will be “oversight” and regulations, so we will have loans going to favored recipients (read politically correct recipients) and not to other equally legitimate businesses. This whole thing just opens the door to even more government manipulation of all society, causing distortions in the marketplace, and limiting freedom and opportunities for individuals.

And, now, as another sidebar, I see where there is some close observation of the details of the package, after Pres. Obama declined to talk about it except in general terms. We see there is some further government spying thrown in and ways to even further extend the list of people who will not be allowed to buy a gun for one reason or another.

Now, we go from various causes of the changing of reserves to the actual cause of the boom of the 1920s. One might ask, why are you comparing the ill actions of government during the boom with the ill actions of the government now during today’s recession? The reason is that the actions of government do compare. In the 1920s these policies kept the boom going (which made the policies appear to work) and a boom caused by credit expansion must end with a depression when credit is contracted. We have had over-expansion of credit for many years and our chickens have come home to roost. What is the government doing? This “stimulus package” is more of the same policies. Either it will “work” by causing another boom (only to be followed by a worse depression later, maybe even hyper-inflation) or else it will not work and we will sink into a depression anyway. The latter is the lesser of evils.

Cheap credit was the policy in the 1920s. There was a recession in 1920 - 1921, and the inflationary policies appeared to end that.

Loans to foreign countries factored in too, of course. Then, as now, the U.S. government felt it was responsible to give foreign countries a hand, at tremendous expense to American taxpayers, the more astute of whom were most unwilling. Charities such as World Vision who help the impoverished overseas are fine, in fact I have money deducted monthly for WV, but these are voluntary and actually help people. Government aid and loans are non-consensual and help mostly governments. In the ’20s, Britain was helped in particular. Britain botched an attempt to return to the gold standard after World War I and wound up inflating. Gold left the country for the States, so the U.S. inflated too on the backs of Americans (32) for the benefit of many foreign countries, especially the Brits, particularly their government and labor unions (33), as Dr. Rothbard explains here in a step-by-step fashion (34). This was a major cause of the Great Depression, in which, as I pointed out in Three Enemies, American children were crying for food. And, yes, they did know something like that would happen. How could they not?

While this inflation was happening, however, there was seeming prosperity masking the inflation. This was throughout the Western world where central banks were working together (35).

The American people were flat-out not allowed to know what was going on. They believed lies and once the crash had come, they blamed capitalism rather than inflationary government (36).

This sounds familiar. The mainstream media of today refuses to carry the truth. When the crash came on October 24, 1929, it took people by complete surprise, and when our economy turns in such a way as to show that the current monetary and fiscal policies (particularly the 1,100-page “stimulus package” bill that no law-maker ever got a chance to read) have backfired, people will be surprised again. What needs to be done is to deflate (37)!

Herbert Hoover was elected president in 1928 and took over the office in March, 1929. He has the reputation of being a laissez-faire, hands-off president but actually he was far from that. He laid the groundwork for the New Deal, which prolonged the Great Depression for more than a decade when the right policies could have ended it in a very short time. How he ever got the reputation as pro-laissez-faire I will never understand and the same can be said of President George W. Bush. The ultra-pro-government-slanted mainstream media is and was a main culprit along with the abysmal education in economics.

The inflationary policies continued. “To help the farmers” was the given reason to make borrowing easier (bad idea) and this was done in late summer after the farmers had done their seasonal borrowing, so it did not help them at all (38). Funny that people did not see this.

In the next chapter, Dr. Rothbard turns to “price stability.” This is something else I cannot figure out. What is so great about price stability? Maybe people are interested in knowing what prices will be down the road. I suppose that would be good to know (knowing the price of gas and motels next summer would help me budget my trip), but nobody knows even their own distant future wants, so why would that be so important?

In the minds of many, even economists, prices holding steady means inflation is checked. We have learned that this is not necessarily true. The mischief caused by inflation is in the distortion of the relationships between prices. In the 1920s, greatly increased productivity pushed wholesale and consumer prices down to about the same extent that inflation pushed them up, so overall they held steady, obscuring the inflation. Inflation is evidenced by the increase in the money supply (39). This is what economists should be tracking, not prices. Not only that, not all prices were stable: real estate, stocks, rent and wages all increased about 13 percent between 1922 and 1929 (40). Some prices fell and some rose.

But the establishment, going all the way back to 1911, was jazzed on stable price levels. When prices are rising, that idea is not so bad since it can put a brake on inflation, but if they are falling the idea is indeed pernicious (41). Not much about “why” was discussed by the establishment except for the non-truth that a fall in prices causes unemployment (42). The labor unions and others on the left picked up the ball on that.

Now, we get out of the “boom” era and into the Depression itself, or at least the prelude to it. Dr. Rothbard makes it quite clear that President Herbert Hoover was anything but a free market president. He is quoted in one of his campaign speeches (for a second term) as a real critic of the free market (43). In fact, a lot of the quote could have come from Pres. Obama. He insulted the market by exhorting businesses to “voluntarily” follow rules, but if they did not, the rules would become compulsory. Now, even a dog understands that there is nothing voluntary about this. He was not laissez-faire, and never pretended to be! Nor had he been for quite some time. As Secretary of Commerce under Pres. Harding he pioneered the course away from laissez-faire toward more government economic activity. Of course, among businesses, the biggest businesses hopped on board first (44). This “spirit of cooperation” sowed the seeds of the New Deal.

Hoover was fiercely pro-union and pro-collective bargaining, and was in favor of keeping wages above market level. It does not take an advanced degree in economics to realize that this will cause unemployment; indeed this concept is what we cut our baby teeth on.

Another government intervention Hoover fought for during the 1920s was the 8-hour work day (45). The steel industry, and others, had a 12-hour day. For some workers, maybe this is obscenely long, especially with a 6-day week. But this is between worker and employer. A worker can always go to work for a more reasonable employer, and the really good workers will. Workers can also organize into associations (unions) and I have no problem with this as long as it is voluntary. I have always refused to join unions precisely because closed shops make membership compulsory. Last winter – if you read my essay you may recall – I wrote about my striding out of an employee meeting when the discussion turned to a compulsory union.

But a totally voluntary organization is based on free association, and in a free country this is perfectly legal. Employees who wished for an 8-hour day could take measures to achieve one. They did not need any anti-free-market, pro-government Herbert Hoover to agitate for the passage of any law. But he was doing just that and he was doing a great deal more to promote government intervention into labor and, hence, into the economy as a whole. Terms like “scientific” and “modern” were used to lull people into thinking that all this backward thinking was the new cutting edge (46).

Herbert Hoover was instrumental in spreading the new (false) gospel that high wages cause prosperity when actually high productivity causes both prosperity and high wages.

In the next lengthy chapter, “The Depression Begins: President Hoover Takes Command,” Dr. Rothbard shows exactly how far Herbert Hoover was from laissez-faire. He was at the interventionist starting gate on October 24, 1929, when the stock market crash sounded the shot and opened the gate. And he was off!

The first thing he did after the crash was to call conferences with big business wheels to “persuade” them to do exactly the wrong thing to be done at that time and that was to maintain wage rates and expand their investments. That was very unsound when cutbacks are appropriate for anyone. The brunt of the depression should fall on profits, Hoover said (47), which is even more unsound. Profits motivate business activity, hence motivate higher wages and expansion.

But, possibly the most important development in these conferences was that now industrialists would act together rather than as individuals (48). To this particularly individualistic free-market libertarian, that says more about the Hoover administration than anything else.

Meanwhile, back at the Federal Reserve, inflation did not end with the boom. More money was poured into the banks to spur lending. This sounds very much like the Bush/Obama bailout plan. It saved shaky banks just as it does today. But should shaky banks be saved? Only if the marketplace decides they should. To pour money into failing businesses is to throw good money after bad. The marketplace will not do that, but the government will, for the sake of its well-connected cronies.

A public works program began. Hoover urged governors to expand state public works, and the federal government began to build ships and federal buildings, a wasteful boondoggle that the country could ill afford.

If Hoover’s philosophy is sound, then the next time I have a shortfall of funds, I will treat it by booking a Caribbean cruise or something.

It was Hoover who began the New Deal Farm program, characterized by farm price supports. Farm intervention had been going on for many years. Farmers became “kept” by subsidies, loans, encouragement of curtailing yields to keep prices up, and other regulation favoring farmers (49). So much for laissez-faire in the 1920s.

Kudos to those rugged individualist farmers who defiantly expanded production anyway, and reaped the profits they deserved.

What it all added up to was a farm cartel directed by the government for the cartel (50). This is so typical of regulation, and reason number two I so fiercely oppose it (reason number one being the God-given rights of individuals) is that regulation of big business is almost always controlled by the regulated and only poses as protection of the little guy from big-guy abuse. It actually screws the little guy and benefits the big guy. A truly free market levels the playing field.

By early 1930, people were lulled into thinking recovery was nigh, thanks to Pres. Hoover taking the bull by the horns and assuming dictatorial control over the economy. A public works program had been started with federal funding to states and municipalities in hopes of opening up jobs. This does sound very much like the “stimulus package” Pres. Obama just signed. There were $915 million in federal dollars in 1930 which would be billions today when you consider the inflation in the last eighty years (51).

Well, let’s see what happened as a result of the 1930 bailout. Maybe we will get some idea of what is ahead of us now. It is not good, and of that I am positive.

An easy-money policy was instituted. For a while it seemed to be working as the stock market rose, but it fell sharply again, and employment and production fell too.

Then Hoover pushed through the Smoot-Hawley Tariff, which hampered the economy, especially the farm economy even more. Obviously a protective tariff is going to be retaliated against by countries at which it is aimed (52).

Hoover made it plain that he believed the crash was caused by credit being unavailable, insufficient public works, and underconsumption. Obviously, then as now, the situation is the reverse. Overspending and overextension of credit are the root causes.

There were some economists then, as there are now, who understand how foolish these policies are. But these economists are unheeded (53). It is almost impossible to believe that policymakers are that ignorant. The policymakers, politicians and top bureaucrats benefit, so why shouldn’t they turn a blind eye to sound advice? They do benefit from the status quo, as is evidenced by recent news stories (mainstream news, yet!) of Congressional junkets after business executives were publicly raked over the coals by Congresspeople, and a huge bonus for the Postmaster General and for those bureaucrats in Fannie and Freddie who wreaked such havoc, after Pres. Obama announced that mega-bonuses in the private sector had to stop. Is this all just a drama being staged?

So, new government programs, such as public works, sprang up to help fix the problems government programs had caused. Of course, the idea of discontinuing the causes of the problems was never mentioned.

Today, the local unemployment figure is nearly 10 percent here and the local government is salivating over federal money headed this way. They are going to build a new city hall! And, boy, is it ever fancy! All the bells and whistles. I suppose it is a little better than paying people to dig holes and fill them up again, as eventually a new city hall will have to be built anyway.

Wait a minute!! To build a government building is to dig a hole and fill it up again ... isn’t it?

If I had my way, I’d move the city bureaucrats into tents and allow the homeless to occupy city hall. (Maybe then I would not scream bloody murder so loud whenever cruel bureaucrats bulldoze the tent city.) And, that is moderate in my opinion; why can’t the mayor and city council sit on the sidewalks and do their “work?”

Government expenditures are not part of the GDP. Rather, because they come out of the pockets of unwilling (those who ever think are unwilling) taxpayers, these expenditures are actually a burden. Not only does a depression indicate straightening up and flying right in the monetary policy area, but fiscal policy needs to be sounder as well. That means a cutback in government spending and taxes, so that people will be able to do the smart thing. People seem to be doing the best they can right now, and that is to cut their own spending, pay off debts, and save. Saving is particularly important, not just to hold money aside for a rainy day but also to invest. I realize how many times I have said this, but as the present situation worsens it becomes ever more important.

But, of course, this will never happen. Government’s take from the GDP grows all the more during a depression, taking away people’s ability to do what needs to be done, and tax money is spent on projects that the market cannot afford at the time or does not need at all.

As the Great Depression wore on, people always thought recovery was just around the corner. Well, when I have a headache I keep vacillating between thinking it will never end and thinking it is about to end. This was probably the attitude of people who were really suffering. But of course we now know that it was not about to end. Even establishment histories say it did not end until 1933. Dissident free-market historians’ views vary. My own is that it ended when World War II ended and the government finally let go or at least lightened up.

In 1931, Europe was particularly hard hit thanks to inflation and tariffs (54). Many European countries went off the gold standard because they were broke, and this affected the U.S. as many feared the U.S. would go off the gold standard, such as it was (55). The Federal Reserve inflated, but wages and prices still dropped.

Meanwhile, government expenditures rose (56). Dr. Rothbard calls these “depredations,” which I had to look up in the dictionary. A “depredation” is a plundering. Very appropriate as the government does plunder the people, especially when they are already down and out. This was one burden the people did not need, and we do not need it now, either. President Obama is sending new troops to Afghanistan, their numbers being greater than the small city I grew up in. President Hoover amassed the largest deficit to date at that time, just as President Bush did during his administration. Laissez-faire either one of them? Not in the minds of anyone who has actually lived on the planet Earth.

These expenditures were in transfer payments, public works and aid to cities and states, not unlike today’s, only at least at that time we were not at war (yet) (57). We need to remember that expenditures towards public works, which may or may not be what the marketplace (that’s you and I!) wants or can afford, crowd out expenditures in the private sector, which are what the marketplace wants (58).

Meanwhile, there was a futile attempt to keep wages steady as prices went down. The idea was that if wages were high there would be more consumption and consumption spurs production, alleviating the depression. Actually is donkey backwards! The two reasons, both of which Dr. Rothbard has already driven home, are that wages held artificially high cause unemployment and that employers have to make money or close their doors laying off everybody.

The cost of production does not determine a product’s selling price. The selling price is determined by what people are willing to pay. Therefore, production costs have to be brought down lower than the selling price, and if they cannot be, production ends. If selling prices go down, then the costs of production, including labor which is the greatest single cost of production, must also go down (59).

Well, I guess nobody is a complete socialist, not even Herbert Hoover. When it came to relief (welfare), he opposed it on the grounds that this belonged to private charity. Unfortunately, he later caved. (Of course. Oh, well.) People were generous then as they are now. In those days there was enough spirit of independence still alive that when a relief bill was introduced in Congress, charitable organizations such as the Red Cross fiercely opposed it (60). Would that they would today! But today, such charities work hand in hand with government, and I personally do my own giving to churches and charities that stay independent.

Despite that, aid to farmers was ongoing and there were relief programs at the state and local level (61).

President Herbert Hoover was so far from being a laissez-faire advocate, that the passage on P. 242 - 243 could describe today’s Obama policies, if one substituted “Obama” for “Hoover.” This just about says it all. The difference is only in the details. Banks and others were “asked” to cooperate, and if they were not going to they would be forced to by legislation (62).

Meanwhile, toward the end of 1931, socialist ideas were creeping into the business community. Why, I know not. Possibly the authoritarianism on the part of the Hoover regime played an intimidation part and/or falsehoods about need to cooperate to end the depression hoodwinked people. Just like today, when there is any sort of crisis, people whimper about the setting aside of individual rights, needs or even beliefs for the sake of the “public good.” Dissent cannot be tolerated. Really fruitcake ideas were taken seriously such as a board (a government board, I take it) to rule over each industry and even a board board to rule over the boards.

Why didn’t Hoover simply wire the Soviet Union and say, “Take us, we’re yours?” In fact, one plan was to emulate the Soviet system, complete with asinine “Five Year Plans” (63).

These people were nuts! I hope we do not degenerate to this point, but I fear we will.

It was interesting how the States (primarily) micromanaged crude oil. This may well have been the beginning of the oil problems that go on still today (64).

There was a federal deficit (obviously) just as there is today. Apparently Hoover was in Bush’s league (Bush league?) when it came to spending, but at least he gave balancing the budget more than mere lip service. He could do one or both of two things: he could cut spending and/or raise taxes. Unfortunately, he chose the latter with a vengeance (65). He yet again showed absolutely no knowledge of either economics or individual rights. This backfired, partly due to the depression itself, which of course, was caused by the government (66).

Meanwhile the States and locales were forced to cut back. Unlike the federal government, they cannot print up money (well, thank goodness!). Federal spending was down too, but a higher percentage of the GDP.

To Hoover, a reduction in spending would cause the sky to fall, while to halve the budget would have left in place all the annual government spending per person in the previous decade. But, like today’s liberals, Hoover could not conceive of a cut in spending. Establishment liberals were blunt in saying (in fact, my jaw dropped to the floor) that we had saved our way into depression, so we must spend our way out of it. They were serious! (67).

I cannot make this stuff up! Neither could Dr. Rothbard.

So, Hoover stepped up his inflationary policies (68). The public resisted by looking out for their own interests. People hoarded cash which was a smart thing to do, especially in the light of possible bank failures, and this is one of a few reasons why all his efforts did not increase the money supply and raise prices (69). A massive propaganda effort to shame people out of this hoarding was begun. The hoarding did slow down in mid-1932, but fortunately still some people were too wise to fall for the idea that individuals should sacrifice their own and their children’s interests for society as a whole.

Meanwhile, the banks were being smart and cautious too by putting a brake on lending. Hoover got after them too, over that (70).

But, if we think Herbert Hoover was a rip snorting interventionist and inflationist, some of his big-wig cronies were calling for even more extreme measures to inflate the money and “stabilize” prices (71).

Then, Hoover went after the stock market. Short-sellers and others who were simply peering into the future as entrepreneurs do are merely trying to make an honest buck. Claiming that stock prices represent “true values” (and we talked about “true values” while reviewing Man, Economy and State), he trumpeted the socialist rhetoric that investing should be done with the interests of the country’s future in mind, presumably in contrast to the buyers’ and sellers’ rational self-interest.

I have a hunch that the Soviet Union was thinking that it would take very little effort on its part to bury us.

During the 1932 presidential campaign, after the GOP was fool enough to re-nominate this anti-free-market president, he campaigned on a platform of intervention. One glaring example of campaign rhetoric was the statement loudly made that we had the “highest real wages in the world” which were due to artificially bolstering wage rate, of course, but of course he never mentioned the high unemployment rate caused at least in part by the same thing (72). This is only one example of how Hoover’s policies hurt the little guy (73). Obviously his interventionism had miserably failed and he got his just deserts on Election Day, just as Pres. Bush’s identical twin John Mc Cain did in 2008. Unfortunately, the Democratic candidate who won on essentially the same platform, Franklin D. Roosevelt, was just the same, only worse, much worse.

You can read my excoriation of how Roosevelt carried on with Hoover’s policies on this blog in my Three Enemies essay. Suffice it to say that permanent damage was done to this country, and to this day people cling to the old superstitious myths about the Hoover/Roosevelt New Deal.

The book ends with the end of the Hoover administration, but Dr. Rothbard does not pretend that the Great Depression ended in 1933 as the fables contend. It did not. It went on and on, the economy was strangled and people suffered until the end of World War II when the government finally loosened its stranglehold.

At the end of the Hoover administration the monetary system really took a turn for the worse and people started to worry about the incoming Roosevelt administration, as some of Roosevelt’s advisors were talking crazy about new policies (74). At that time administration changeovers occurred in March, and in March of 1933 the depression was at its depth (75).

Why? Was it because President Hoover had boldly gone where no man had gone before (in this country) to jettison the free market and rule the economy with an iron hand for its own good pulling it out of depression quicksand?

Had these policies worked, the depression would have ended even faster than past recessions that blew over quickly when government allowed nature to take its course via the free market.

But, these policies did not work at all, and the depression worsened.

We should learn from this. The current recession, or depression, caused by the Federal Reserve over many decades, and especially by interventions by the G.W. Bush administration, will not improve unless the Obama administration does an about face very soon.

That is not happening. We are already on the rough ride that the economists of the Ludwig von Mises and Murray Rothbard (Austrian) school have predicted.

(1) Rothbard, Murray, America’s Great Depression, Nash Publishing, Los Angeles 1972, P. 2.

(2) Ibid. P. 3.

(3) Ibid. P. 11.

(4) Ibid. P. 12.

(5) Ibid. P. 12- 13.

(6) Ibid. P. 14.

(7) Ibid. P. 17.

(8) Ibid. P. 17.

(9) Ibid. P. 18.

(10) Ibid. P. 19 - 20.

(11) Ibid. P. 21 - 22.

(12) Ibid. P. 22.

(13) Ibid. P. 26 - 27.

(14) Ibid. P. 28.

(15) Ibid. P. 30 - 31.

(16) Ibid. P. 39 - 40.

(17) Ibid. P. 42.

(18) Ibid. P. 45.

(19) Ibid. P. 49 - 50.

(20) Ibid. P. 54 - 55.

(21) Ibid. P. 55.

(22) Ibid. P. 56.

(23) Ibid. P. 58.

(24) Ibid. P. 64.

(25) Ibid. P. 81.

(26) Ibid. P. 87.

(27) Ibid. P. 89.

(28) Ibid. P. 92.

(29) Ibid. P. 95 - 96.

(30) Ibid. P. 96.

(31) Ibid. P. 112.

(32) Ibid. P. 131.

(33) Ibid. P. 132.

(34) Ibid. P. 131 - 145.

(35) Ibid. P. 135 - 137.

(36) Ibid. P. 143 - 144.

(37) Ibid. P. 148.

(38) Ibid. P. 151.

(39) Ibid. P. 153.

(40) Ibid. P. 154.

(41) Ibid. P. 158.

(42) Ibid. P. 162.

(43) Ibid. P. 169.

(44) Ibid. P. 171.

(45) Ibid. P. 178 - 181.

(46) Ibid. P. 184 - 185.

(47) Ibid. P. 188.

(48) Ibid. P. 190.

(49) Ibid. P. 194 - 211.

(50) Ibid. P. 203.

(51) Ibid. P. 212.

(52) Ibid. P. 215.

(53) Ibid. P. 221.

(54) Ibid. P. 227.

(55) Ibid. P. 228.

(56) Ibid. P. 233.

(57) Ibid. P. 234.

(58) Ibid. P. 235.

(59) Ibid. P. 238.

(60) Ibid. P. 239.

(61) Ibid. P. 240.

(62) Ibid. P. 243.

(63) Ibid. P. 245 - 251.

(64) Ibid. P. 250.

(65) Ibid. P. 253 - 254.

(66) Ibid. P. 255.

(67) Ibid. P. 257 - 258.

(68) Ibid. P. 268 - 272.

(69) Ibid. P. 270.

(71) Ibid. P. 272 - 277.

(72) Ibid. P. 282 - 283.

(73) Ibid. P. 282.

(74) Ibid. P. 285.

Epilogue

Now, we know quite a lot of what has happened to our economy and, in a broader sense, what has happened to our country.

The Republican Bush-supporters will tell you the problems were caused by the Clinton administration, and the Obama supporters will tell you they were caused by the G.W. Bush administration. Actually, the bad policies that caused the present situation go way back many, many decades, and every administration contributed to them.

Briefly and bluntly, we are no longer a free and prosperous country. We have, over these many decades, turned into an authoritarian, socialistic (or fascistic), imperialist country, and free citizens have been turned into subjects, even slaves, as our Founders believed that a citizen is by definition armed and a slave is not.

No one individual can do very much about this. We will simply have to ride it out.

However, every individual can do a great deal to protect himself or herself from the worst of it. It goes a lot farther than exercising your God-given right to obtain an unregistered, unlicensed gun, although I heartily approve of that if you can avoid obtaining a stolen one. Anyone with a speck of honesty who finds himself in possession of stolen property must do everything possible to return it to its rightful owner even if it means getting in trouble with the “authorities” who presume themselves to be some sort of God Junior. Nobody wants that to happen. Also, be sure you have more rounds of ammunition than you think you will ever need, as the fiercely anti-gun outgoing and incoming administrations are seriously discussing the registration of each and every round. My understanding is that stores are running out, so it might be wise to explore the possibility of making your own.

And have an emergency plan in mind ahead of time in case the floor falls out quite suddenly. These “survivalists” might just have the right idea. A generator, candles, matches, batteries, soap, lots of toilet paper and paper towels, non-perishable foods, and canned foods (don't forget the [non-electric] can-opener!) are things it never hurts to have.

But, what about the financial situation? Common sense! Pay down your debts; don't spend money you don't have. Save as much as possible. Buy gold. I am not an investment advisor. This is just one libertarian’s opinion.

I recently heard an interview with Dave Ramsey, a financial adviser. Google him. He has a radio talk show and is also on Fox Business. I think he has all the right ideas. He reminds us that the love of money is the root of all evil (1). Money itself is not. Money is that commodity that is used in exchange for goods and services

The love of money is greed. I think it is the greed that is the root of evils like overbearing government. It is because of government greed that we have so many asinine laws. Drive without a seat belt? Pay Big Brother. Delinquent on paying Big Brother? Pay Big Brother more. Use an ATM at a bank other than where your account is? Pay the fat cats at both banks. Want to use your God-given right to work in a given line of work? Drive a car or boat? Own certain inanimate objects or even a dog? Build a home? Open a business? Grovel for permission and pay Big Brother! Want to renew these permissions later? Toe the line and pay yet again.

Buy a big-ticket item on time? Do not ask “How much down and how much a month?” as you will pay the fat cats big time. Dave Ramsey says ask “How much?” period. I would add pay up front in cash (or a bank draft to be exact) if you possibly can and all the fat cats get is the service charge on the draft.

Credit card debt? Dave Ramsey says pay off the small debts first, then attack the big ones. Getting the small debts paid will free up money to help pay the big ones. I would add to then cut up the credit cards and flush them down the toilet! Never get another credit card! A debit card tied to your checking account is as close as anyone should get to a credit card. Even I have a debit card. It's called “discipline.” It is painful when you subject yourself to it, but it will pay in the long run (2). The long run becomes the short run before we are ready. And, from the get-go, start putting money aside for a rainy day or for retirement.

Dave Ramsey pointed out that the borrower is slave to the lender and the rich rule over the poor (3). Of course, this is not right (meaning just or moral), but it is right (meaning a true statement of fact). The rich, meaning all-powerful government, including the Federal Reserve, rule this country with an iron fist, and they do it through our pocketbooks. We are all subjects, but one who owes money is a slave.

So, get out of debt and shed some major chains. No one can say that one is free any more, even if one is out of debt, as one still has to grovel to Big Brother to do, be, or have ever so many things that God gave each individual the right to.

Last, the most important thing you can do to resist the establishment is educate yourself. If you have read this essay, you have started. As I said in the very beginning, most of the books and seminars the Ludwig von Mises Institute offers, including the Rothbard selections I have reviewed, are on-line for free at http://www.mises.org. Please continue. See you next winter!

(1) Timothy 6:6-10.

(2) Hebrews 12:11.

(3) Proverbs 22:7.

Further Readings

FURTHER READINGS
(in no particular order, but of interest in this general topic)

http://mises.org/story/3382, Shostak, Frank, “The Fed Did It, and Greenspan Should Admit It,” March 19, 2009. This is about interest rates, and how the Federal Reserve created the present boom-and-bust cycle.

http://www.lewrockwell.com/rockwell/hitlers-economics.html, Rockwell, Lew “Hitler’s Economics,” August 2, 2003. Hitler’s economic policies followed closely the Keynesian approach, as did the FDR policies.

http://www.infowars.com/?p=7070, Nimmo, Kurt, “Obama: Americans Will Accept Bankster Engineered Depression,” January 10, 2009. The bailout is a tool to concentrate power, and we will all be asked to accept “shared sacrifice” for it. (I refuse.)

http://www.mises.org/story/3353, Reisman, George, “Economic Recovery Requires Capital Accumulation, Not Government ‘Stimulus Packages,’“ February 25, 2009. That says it all.

http://www.mises.org/story/3359, French, Doug, “Forbidden Thoughts from Mencken,” February 26, 2009. H.L. Mencken was Murray Rothbard’s own favorite author. He was a well-known journalist and social critic in the 1920s, and was called the “Sage of Baltimore” or the “Bad Boy of Baltimore.” Would that we had some attention paid to writers like him today (if there writers like him today).

http://www.nakedcapitalism.com/2009/03/black-hole-alert-aig-to-get-as-much-as.html, “Black Hole Alert: AIG to Get as Much as $30 Billion More,” March, 2009. They can’t do that? Oh, yes they can, and it is you who are getting robbed!

http://www.lewrockwell.com/orig10/celente1.html, Celente, Gerald, “The Collapse of ‘09,” March 22, 2009. Not very pretty. But very accurate, I fear.

http://www.lewrockwell.com/butler-b/butler-b12.html, Butler, Bill, “Squeeze Play,” March 10, 2009. Does the FDIC actually have a fund that insures your bank accounts, or is it like the Social Security “fund”? And, how are FDIC policies discriminating against small, local banks that are frugal and solvent in favor of big banks that have been bailed out? Private insurance is suggested.

http://www.lewrockwell.com/north/north688.html, North, Gary, “Children’s Books in Dumpsters: Washington’s Madness Continues,” February 18, 2009. The Little Engine that Could and The Poky Little Puppy! Slightly off-topic, but remember them? Many of these stories taught us individual independence and the difference between right and wrong when we were pre-schoolers. But these precious little books had to be thrown away! Hold on to yours for your posterity with a “cold dead hands” attitude!

http://www.lewrockwell.com/grigg/grigg-w80.html, Grigg, Norman, “Turning ‘Mr. Hand’ into ‘Mr. Fist,’” February 20, 2009. Another way of expressing how the private sector is being made to suffer while the government sector is thinking of ways to squander its new wealth from “stimulus.”

http://www.lewrockwell.com/woods/woods105.html, Woods, Thomas E., “The Deck Chairs Are Fine Where They Are,” March 7, 2009. This is a speech given by Dr. Woods at the Campaign for Liberty’s Liberty Forum at the Conservative Political Action Conference (CPAC). There were neoconservatives there, and those who dared listen to him found themselves bee-lining to the restrooms. Dr. Woods is one of the greatest assets the libertarian movement has.

http://informationclearinghouse.info/article22260.htm, Paul, Dr. Ron, “We’re on the Verge of a Major Crisis,” March 20, 2009. A video on which Ron Paul discusses how the AIG bonus controversy is actually caused by the bailout.

http://campaignforliberty.com/article.php?view=32, Murphy, Robert, “The Threat of Hyper-Depression,” April 4, 2009. A spendthrift president, an unleashed Fed and a Congress hostile to property rights point to stagflation squared.

http://informationclearinghouse.info/article22370.htm, Marshall, Andrew G., “The Financial New World Order: Towards a Global Currency and World Government,” April 7, 2009. Following the 2009 G20 summit, plans were announced for implementing the creation of a new global currency to replace the U.S. dollar’s role as the world reserve currency. At this time I am too busy to read this article, but thought it should be listed here FYI.

http://www.lewrockwell.com/obamas-corporate-state.html, Rockwell, Lew, “Obama’s War on Recovery,” March 18, 2009. Obama’s policies are thought to be in favor of the little guy but are really a rip-off of the ordinary citizen to favor big business. Maybe some on the left will wake up and realize that this is following in Bush’s footsteps.

Thursday, February 05, 2009

A symbol for our times

Because of technical difficulties, the original artwork here has been lost. It was a United States flag, shown upside down. It is NOT a symbol of disrespect, as you can know from reading the Flag Code, but it is a symbol of distress. Please see this link: http://www.jeffhead.com/liberty/flagdistress.htM (or just click on the headline).
Also please note we now have a permanent such symbol in the upper right corner of the blog.
Please come visit often and let us know your opinion. Thank you.

Thursday, May 08, 2008

The Works of Murray N. Rothbard (Part I)

Wednesday, May 07, 2008

Prologue

I decided during the 2007 - 2008 winter season to report on the works of Dr. Murray N. Rothbard, one of the most brilliant economists who ever lived.

Before long I realized there would be no way to do all of this in one winter even if I confined myself to works by him that I already own. It would take at least two more winters. Dr. Rothbard was a very prolific writer on a variety of topics; in fact, I can truthfully say that he could write faster than I can read.

Dr. Rothbard (1926 - 1995), excelled in economics and math at Columbia University. He studied for years under the great free-market economist Ludwig von Mises (1). He studied Mises' great epic Human Action and found it very appealing. The book, more than 1,000 pages long, was an industrial-strength defense of the truly free (laissez faire) market. Human Action appeared in 1949, and in the post-Roosevelt era when most young people had been raised during the Depression and schooled by “progressive education,” collectivism was rampant as it is right now in the Bush era. Murray Rothbard knew it was all wrong, and Human Action vindicated his belief in freedom.

I can relate! Growing up, even from babyhood, I knew there was something wrong with the subjugation of the individual to the group, and as a child's gut feeling turned into an adult's reasoning, I too was vindicated by the works of Misean economists, Dr. Rothbard being the most influential.

Dr. Rothbard took the free market to a new level. If goods and services are provided to consumers better on a free market, then wouldn't defense and protection also be better provided by the market rather than by government?

Why not? I wonder too! “Just because” is not an answer. “It has always been done this way” is not an answer either.

Either you believe the free market can provide everything better than government, or you don't. Dr. Rothbard concluded the market can, and set out to prove it. He proved it to my satisfaction. Not only that, he seriously embarrassed the establishment by proving individual freedom is by far the most beneficial in every area ranging from the gold standard and free market money to free trade to self-ownership to gun freedom to seat-belt freedom to an end to minor status laws.

Dr. Rothbard, committed to individual liberty, combined themes of other great thinkers such as John Locke, Lysander Spooner, and Benjamin Tucker, along with Ludwig von Mises, Carl Menger, and Eugen von Böhm-Bawerk, under whom he studied.

These names are household words in the libertarian movement. But Murray Rothbard himself was probably the main reason there even is a libertarian movement per se, and is called “Mr. Libertarian” and “The State's greatest living enemy” by Lew Rockwell in the introduction to For a New Liberty (2).

Economics is the study of human action, so if you are interested in people and what makes them tick, then you are interested in economics. The problem with establishment economics is that it is mathematical economics. The establishment considers economics as a science like astronomy or physics.

Yes, it is a science of sorts, but I think it is more of a humanity. It is not a study of inanimate objects (or even animals) that move, but of human beings made in the image of God with a free will, who purposefully act (3). They act to attain ends. So the study of human action is entirely different from the physical sciences.

And this error, or purposeful deceit, on the part of the establishment is related to its belief that human beings are malleable and need to be led, and wait patiently to be told what to do. It is the role of government, it says, to lead people along, to protect them, sometimes by force, “for their own good” and for the “greater good” of “society.” This means, of course, that government officials are somehow better.

In Man, Economy and State, one must remember that Dr. Rothbard is talking about a free-market economy, so government, for the most part, is absent from the discussion.

And that is how it should be. As I read along, one point was hit home over and over again. The sheer number of decisions that have to be made in advanced economies (or even primitive ones) is so great, and the sheer complexity of decisions is such that in each case the “decider” has to be right there zeroing in on the decision at hand. It is impossible for one “decider” to micromanage the whole economy. Each individual has his or her own little niche, his or her own life, and to make all the decisions and make them intelligently is a full-time job. Even a whole office building full of government bureaucrats cannot do it. No two cases are identical so each decision has to be made separately. And to socialize everything skewers all the incentives; in fact, we will be shown that “everybody owning everything” cannot work.

The books show beyond doubt that a free market economy is really the only economy. How well it works depends on how free it is. If it is hampered by taxes and regulations, efficacy is compromised. They also show that economic freedom really includes civil liberties and a non-interventionist foreign policy.

Human beings have a God-given free will, and for government to interfere with that free will amounts to not just playing god, but trying to be a god over God. Government officials are worse than fools when they take that route.

So, now, I embark on this multi-year project!

(1) See the Rothbard biography at http://www.mises.org/about/3249

(2) Rothbard, Murray, For a New Liberty, The Libertarian Manifesto, (Auburn: Ludwig von Mises Institute, 2006) P. ix.

(3) Rothbard, Murray, Man, Economy and State with Power and Market, (Auburn: Ludwig von Mises Institute, 2004) P. 306

For a New Liberty

For a New Liberty
by Murray Rothbard

Early on in the book, after a brief discussion of the American Revolution (which, truth be told, I am not sure was quite as libertarian as Rothbard suggests, since one of the most important priorities of the relatively wealthy was to hang on to what they had as opposed to securing freedom for everyone), Dr. Rothbard asks why our freedom was lost little by little between then and now. It is because freedom is a major threat to entrenched political and economic interests which are today called “the establishment” (1). President Bush and Vice President Cheney (particularly, in the minds of many, the latter) personify this evil establishment. In earlier projects on this blog I have repeatedly pointed out how the Bush administration is the most dire enemy of freedom of the twenty-first century so far (2).

The description of the comeback of the old order in the guise of a “new order” reminds me of the old The Who classic that says “Meet the new boss, same as the old boss,” and shows how the old order is just what we have today. The future looks like more of the same taken to a new level never achieved before. And it is priority number one for the establishment to keep the majority fooled into believing Big Government (or Big Brother) is on the side of the little guy. It is necessary to keep some people fooled all the time and everyone fooled some of the time, which they can.

The government favors those intellectuals who are willing to advocate more government intervention. For example, look at how Al Gore has rallied the left and others with his An Inconvenient Truth! This book illustrates the claim that global warming is destroying the planet and that government needs to act to turn it around. It is being praised by scientists and others, and has gotten a great deal of lapdog media attention. There are other sides to this argument which are getting virtually no attention at all. To learn all angles to this issue, one must turn to the Internet.

This is only one example of how the intellectuals are recruited and led, and the lapdog mainstream media follows.

Dr. Rothbard frequently points out that, in historical times, the “old order” would con people into obedience by teaming up with the Church, which would teach the divine right of kings. This is one reason the Founders thought the separation of church and state was so important.

Have we really graduated from divine right? I think not. Watergate awakened a lot of people (3) but not for long. Today's neoconservative still believes that George W. Bush can do no wrong. He still has about a 30% approval rating. We who question him are “unpatriotic.” The left believes that Al Gore (whose book to them is the bible) and Hillary Clinton can do no wrong. As pro-war and anti-civil-liberties as she is, they still support her. And, then, there are those I am inclined to agree are “feminazis” who support her because she has no Y chromosome. As for Barack Obama, his anti-war credentials are questionable at best, and there are those who will support him just because he is black, with no regard for his stands on various issues. He is young and dynamic, and reminds some of JFK.

But do gender and race really count? Of course not. Rather, the new boss is the same as the old boss. I could just scream.

And one important reason people are so gullible is that education is mostly in government hands, and Dr. Rothbard thought (4) the teaching of obedience to the State was deliberately planned.

Some terminology has been altered as well. If you read on this blog my 2005 essay, The Three Worst American Enemies of Freedom, perhaps you will recall how Abraham Lincoln and Henry Clay fooled people into supporting them by calling themselves “Whigs.” The Whigs had been more of a libertarian bent, but Clay and Lincoln wanted to turn the country back to the old mercantilist system the American Revolution had overthrown. And people were fooled. More recently, words like “liberal” and “progressive,” which would have meant libertarian and forward-looking, have come to mean the opposite. And people, especially the droves of young “leftists,” are being fooled. Today's young modern “liberals” are not so naive as the ones of the 1960s as I believe that today many know they advocate socialism and gun control while they also advocate non-interventionism and civil liberties. How one can ever claim to advocate civil liberties and also advocate the outlawing of private gun ownership is something I will never understand; is there any way one can have liberty and not be allowed to defend it? In any case, they call themselves “liberal” and “progressive” and although, according to the dictionary, I, the very opposite of a socialist, am very liberal and progressive, and would have been on the extreme “left” two hundred years ago, when libertarians were called “classical liberals.” I can no longer self-describe in these terms. In fact, there are really no terms left to use except “libertarian,” and even then I have to explain that a libertarian is not a libertine, librarian, or Liberian, that a libertarian could have any belief system and wants only to be free of government.

And, to the left, “the people” are to rule “democratically.” This really means that some people, on behalf of “the people,” would make decisions for everyone. So, the “liberal progressive left” is actually a rerun of the old monarchy and/or feudalism and/or mercantilism with a modern face (5).

Actually, I have already learned and said, the present economic system is mercantilism and bears only superficial resemblance to capitalism. But, true to form, the establishment insists on describing the system as “capitalism.”

Not only has the establishment taken over education and co-opted our terminology, but it has also taken over our money by instituting a central bank which we will see much later (mostly in future essays) as I discuss Rothbard's work in this important area. People do not realize how critical the difference is between free market commodity money (usually gold) and the fiat paper money backed up by nothing. The critical difference is that commodity money (or certificates of ownership) has actual substance and intrinsic worth while fiat paper money is just that: paper.

But the main problem, Dr. Rothbard seems to think, is that the old classical liberals (libertarians in the Founders' time) ceased to be radical and to demand the immediate shedding of shackles, and they began to accept incremental change, or even the status quo to hold on to whatever freedoms they still had, which were a heck of a lot more than what we have today. Maybe if they had remained radical and had dug in their heels, we would have been better off today.

Of late, however, there has been a resurgence of the libertarian movement. At the end of the book Dr. Rothbard explores the reasons for this. I must hasten to point out that Dr. Rothbard himself is one of the reasons. Of course, very recently, Ron Paul has given new life to our movement.

The libertarian movement, or any other movement for that matter, has one central need that has to be met for success. That is education (6). People have to learn what it is all about, and understand it. Dr. Rothbard's life was devoted to this education. Slogans and sound bites do not cut it. Independent thought and scholarship are required. The mainstream lapdog media know this and that is why Ron Paul's efforts are being stonewalled. Paul is provoking people to learn and to think.

I have always been an advocate of teaching children to read and following up on their progress in reading ability, including comprehension, throughout school, even in college. One who can read can think. Reading puts ideas into people's heads and these ideas are the raw materials that help individuals think of new ideas of their own. This is an individual endeavor, not a group one. (I am very concerned about schools nowadays having children work in groups rather than individually. This does not teach self-reliance or self-starting.) And, it must begin by reading to the pre-schooler and then allowing the child to brainstorm. A fun-filled trip to the library in a stroller is a good way to start! A child’s prattling is boring to the adult, but to bear with it is part of the job of being a parent or teacher. It is important to listen to a child bounce ideas around as it helps develop his or her thinking and expression skills. Later in life, these same skills will help him or her become independent and not vulnerable to bad influences. This is not even to mention that curiosity is developed, and the love of learning is an addictive behavior, the right kind of addictive behavior.

If your child or teenager has to become addicted to something, shouldn't it be learning? Learning addicts are the very people who are most likely to become libertarians.As libertarians, we must always place education, not only the education of others as an outreach project, but also the continuing in-house education of ourselves, in a priority position. The main purpose of this project is really to beef up my own knowledge of the philosophy, but at the same time, I hope I will spread the word.Dr. Rothbard emphasizes self-education and the mutual education of libertarians (6). We need to keep our eye on the ball. This means we need always to keep in mind what we are ultimately trying to do, and mutual idea-swapping and encouragement is vital.

Ideas are powerful! And Murray Rothbard was a walking encyclopedia of radical libertarian ideas!However, as Dr. Rothbard points out (7), education is not the end but a means to an end. Once people are educated and hop on board with us, then what? How will we get government out of our lives? The big guys will not simply say “Oops, we goofed” and step down. The fat cats in the bureaucracies and at private concerns like Halliburton and Blackwater will step down about the time Dick Cheney becomes a libertarian. It ain't happenin'! Our M.O. will have to be determined by practicality, limited by the parameters of our principles themselves. Toward the end of the book I realized what an optimist Dr. Rothbard was! He always did look on the bright side, and when the book was written he believed that victory was assured, if only we could educate enough libertarians to spread the word among the millions. Of course when the book was written, there were some hopeful signs, as he pointed out (8). The problem is, the millions do not want to learn. Most people think inside the box and just cannot (or will not) see their way clear to get out of the box. Just listen to what you hear in discussions on drive-time radio! They have been taught to obey authority, and that if we all cooperate, obey the rules and end the dog-eat-dog competition, we will all live happily ever after. They believe that more government, and things like more restrictions on youth, thundering obscenities from police, and tasering will straighten youth out. They believe that goods and services are “just there,” if only the government will print out and give the money to buy them. None of that is true, but people do not seem to want to believe differently. While victory might be ours some day, it will not be until people break out of that box and realize that Big Brother is not on the side of the little guy. It will happen but not as soon as Dr. Rothbard thought. He died during the Clinton era. I doubt that in his worst nightmares did he ever imagine a George W. Bush administration or the countless examples of how government officials are walking all over citizens as though they were better than the ordinary citizen. I still think that were he alive today he would say keep on keeping on, but we will have to bottom out before we can really move towards the restoration of liberty.My only real question is, Just how much further down is the bottom?Before Dr. Rothbard described the resurgence of our movement, he devoted most of the book to aspects of the libertarian creed itself. If you have read my other essays on this blog, or other works by libertarians or about libertarianism, then you know the whole philosophy is based upon the rights of the individual, these rights being absolute and unalienable, and being derived from God or nature. No government can change these rights or take them away. It can, however, and does, forcibly prevent individuals from exercising their rights.Libertarian positions are consistently in favor of the individual’s owning and therefore controlling his or her life and all non-procreative products thereof: One may do as one pleases with this property and that includes voluntary exchange with other individuals. Since one's property might be guns, drugs, Bibles, gold, silver, porn, labor, land, or ideas, the libertarian position might be considered either “far left” or “far right” by today's standards, since all positions on the traditional left-right spectrum are inconsistent vis-à-vis individual rights. All positions on the spectrum respect rights in some areas but not in others. The libertarian position (which cannot be found on the traditional spectrum) consistently respects rights in all areas (9).

On the other hand, libertarians are very diverse in every other way. I notice this whenever I go to a libertarian gathering. I, as a born-again Christian with a conservative life style, may sit next to a homosexual transvestite atheist and we get along fine. I am very likely to discover that he or she (I may not even be sure which) is very knowledgeable and that I can learn a great deal by listening. Sitting at my other side might be a straight-laced Ayn Rand follower, and that is all right too. A banker, dressed like an undertaker, is chatting amiably with a hippie-type about how a return to the gold standard would help in stifling the DEA's anti-drug efforts by hitting them where it hurts: in the pocketbook. As diverse as we are, we all want our freedom back; we are all libertarians. While some are radical like me, others lean toward pragmatism and, while I think this is a mistake, I respect them. Dr. Rothbard begins his description of our creed in Chapter 2 by demonstrating that all things accrue to individuals and not to “society.” This includes our bodies and other things found in nature. He shows that if any resource is commonly “owned” by “society,” then it would be necessary to appoint a small number of people whose job it is to administer the use of that resource. This would boil down, at the end of the day, to the rule over the many (lower class) by the few (upper class) and we would all be back where we started from. And, thanks to government, that's where we are.So the cornerstone of the libertarian philosophy (10) is the individual's ownership of his or her own body and of whatever he or she finds in nature that is previously unowned, or whatever he or she can exchange with others for. Freedom is the condition in which these ownership and exchange rights are not interfered with. There is no distinction between “human” rights and “property” rights. All rights are property rights and human rights. But if the many are ruled and the few are rulers, why do people obey? Because the majority do not have the time or the inclination to think things through, they rely on “opinion molders,” such as “authority figures” and mass media, most of which is in the government's pocket (or sometimes vice versa), to do their thinking for them. Fortunately, nowadays we have the Internet where there are literally millions of blogs like this one with just as many viewpoints, and numerous pages where news items are found, some of these items being equally as important as the most important ones on TV but never make it to the mainstream. Many of these items underscore the legions of cases of police, bureaucrats, or other government agents trampling some innocent citizen's rights, or they show how the war in Iraq is only making matters worse there. Other Internet news items have brought to light new draconian laws that empower the government and weaken the Constitution even further. Still others cover non-establishment political candidates such as Ron Paul and new party candidates who get very scant mainstream coverage. At the end of my 2007 essay, How the Bush Administration is Destroying Our Country and Damaging the Christian Church, I listed a few sources of these important Internet news items. YouTube has recently become a source of videos of government officials caught in the act of abusing citizens.

However, because of the heavy tax load soaking up time, most people simply do not have the time to read or view all that (I can only read only about one article out of 25 I get and I see very few videos) and if one can only see a few such things one is likely to believe these things are rare. They are spoon-fed TV or radio news while on the fly, or, if they are lucky, they have a few minutes for all the news that's fit to slant in the newspaper. And, whether the news is “right” or “left” leaning, you can bet your last shrinking dollar that (with a handful of exceptions) it is centered on the actions of government and/or how government can solve problems.There are also the experts, or intellectuals. As I mentioned above, Al Gore exemplifies this. Some of these intellectuals wind up in high-paying and prestigious government jobs. These would have us believe that economics and political philosophy are too complicated, so we are better off leaving these subjects to the “experts.” And, of course, Romans 13 has been trotted out by the Bush supporters and I discussed that briefly in the last essay. Even if their interpretation is correct, they need to realize the supreme law of the land that Romans 13 admonishes us to obey is the Constitution, not laws that go against the Constitution or bureaucratic edicts.New, or non-conforming, ideas, particularly “conspiracy” theories, are met with discouragement to say the least. The State wants to seem eternal and inevitable, and therefore unquestionable and irresistible.

As I was writing this, on November 3, 2007, I saw the program CNN Presents. The program that weekend was titled “Out of Gas.” This program illustrated what Dr. Rothbard was discussing. First off, it was sounding alarms on energy consumption and how gasoline will go up to $6.00 a gallon or be unavailable in a couple of years if something isn't done. “The sky is falling!” is what I heard. I heard the very same rhetoric thirty and thirty-five years ago! And I have been hearing it all this time. Now who do you suppose is assumed to be the one to do something about it? Government, of course! The government has been meddling in the oil market for as long as I remember, but this “crisis” remains. Has anybody (other than the libertarians) suggested that maybe, just maybe, government action has caused the situation we are in? The price of gasoline is outrageous as I do not need to tell anyone. Why? For one thing, when you next go to the gas station, see how much of that price is actually tax. And gas prices are raised by the fact that supply is curtailed by regulatory prevention of the building of refineries. It has been decades since any new refineries have been allowed.And, the program discussed alternative fuels such as corn ethanol, and alternative car engines such as the “hybrid.” These may be viable but they have been trotted out by the mainstream news too many times, while other, equally likely, alternatives seen on the Internet are not even mentioned. Why? Alternatives mentioned pander to establishment interests in one way or another.Then, to top it off, the program tossed out the bromide that tugs at the heart strings of all who emote rather than think (the Al Gore crowd and the neo-con Bush crowd come to mind). We absolutely must, they implored, all set aside self-interest in favor of national interest, nay, in favor of global interest!Good thing I have both a strong background in economics and a strong stomach. But I wonder how many people who can remember as far back as I can will fall for this baloney?It is tempting to say we are protected from this expansion of government by the Constitution. We should be, and we are supposed to be. But, as Rothbard points out (11), sometimes the Constitution is actually used in the opposite way. We need to remember that the courts and the Judicial Branch are still part of the government, and therefore when the courts rule on the Constitutionality of a law we have the government deciding its own case. Guess which way the decision is likely to go! Not only is the “impartial” judicial part of the same government that is likely to be your opponent in court, but this government (at least on the Federal level) is in charge of the value of your money, a topic Dr. Rothbard has discussed at length in this and other books, and shows this is vitally important to our loss of liberty. I will have a lot to say about it below. Right now, suffice it to say that money and banking is a difficult subject, but Dr. Rothbard makes it understandable. The difficulty means a lot to the establishment because as soon as We the People begin to understand economics, particularly monetary economics, the establishment is doomed and freedom is nigh. Dr. Rothbard's main purpose was to teach you and me economics (12).As the book progresses and Rothbard discusses the various issues such as involuntary servitude, education, welfare, foreign policy, and the environment, he applies the principles of individual rights to one's life and the fruits of one's labor. One recognizes how he could almost foresee the egregious infringements on rights by the present and recent administrations.

Each issue discussed applies to libertarian principle. And, in each case, the conclusions are that government meddling and rule-making do not solve problems but invade property rights, which is not only wrong but harmful. Individuals are far better off making their own decisions in a free marketplace where rights are respected. But the government looks out for its own interest (meaning, of course, the interests of the elite rulers), and that is to get the people to pay top dollar to do what they are told.The bulk of the book is chock full of example after example after example of how a free market solves problems and meets people's needs, and Dr. Rothbard explains them with the ease that shows he really understood how human beings work.Chapter 9, “Inflation and the Business Cycle,” is particularly important since the bedrock principles of supply and demand (of money and of goods and services) are spelled out in such a way as to turn on a light in your head on monetary policy. The Bush administration's spending policy is alarming and here you see why. The chapter even tells us a little bit about how money came in the first place, and why government muscled in on it. To reiterate, monetary economics is a critically important subject that most people know nothing about it or, worse, they believe what the establishment has taught them. We must know this subject to avoid being snookered by the establishment into turning over our productivity. As I went through the book, many times my stomach just turned over realizing yet again that government, which has the power of life and death, does not have the slightest regard for the rights of welfare of the individual. Even though I have believed and known this since early adulthood, Dr. Rothbard drives the point home very clearly in example after example. The first edition of the book was printed in 1973 and the examples were current at that time, but the principles, and many of these examples, still apply. This especially hit home in Chapter 14, “War and Foreign Policy,” when you compare Rothbard's remarks with the truth about the current Bush administration's foreign policy and mercantilist domestic policy.The book is recommended as a start for someone who already knows a little bit about free market economics (from Hazlitt, for example) and wants to begin to dig deeper into the libertarian philosophy.

(1) Rothbard, Murray, For a New Liberty, Auburn: Ludwig von Mises Institute, 2006, P. 10 - 17.

(2) See the segment on Bush about three-quarters of the way down in The Three Worst American Enemies of Freedom at http://alicelillieandher.blogspot.com/2005_05_01_archive.html.

(3) Rothbard, P. 400.

(4) Ibid. P. 15.

(5) Ibid. P. 17.

(6) Ibid. P. 373-375.

(7) Ibid. P. 386-387.

(8) Ibid. P. 398-401.

(9) You could check out http://www.lp.org/ and take the “World's Smallest Political Quiz.”

(10) Rothbard P. 47-48, 85.

(11) Ibid. P. 82.

(12) A good beginning book is Henry Hazlitt's Economics in One Lesson, soon to be published by the Ludwig von Mises Institute.

The Ethics of Liberty

The Ethics of Liberty
by Murray N. Rothbard

Dr. Hans Hoppe, under whom I studied after Dr. Rothbard died (1), said in the book's Introduction that, after Economics, Ethics is the second pillar of the Rothbardian system. Dr. Hoppe calls The Ethics of Liberty Dr. Rothbard's “second magnum opus” after Man, Economy and State. The latter has been read by nearly every serious libertarian and is crucial to a complete understanding of truly free market economics. It will be explored next on this blog.

Were I a betting person, I would be willing to wager that almost no one in high government office who prattles about ethics and/or the free market has ever heard of these works, much less read them. But one must if one is to know what one is talking about. Congressman Ron Paul, a contender for the Republican 2008 presidential nomination, is familiar with Rothbard's works and supports the Ludwig von Mises Institute. No wonder the establishment is stonewalling him. They are scared to death.

Hoppe's Introduction alone is an education in itself! He explains why the individual's ownership of himself and his property are literally necessary for survival by showing that the alternatives are completely unworkable. Even in the strictest socialist societies, some individual freedom must prevail.

Dr. Rothbard's presentation of libertarianism is clear, systematic, and reasoned. Dr. Hoppe believes that this is precisely why his works are not best sellers. This rationality is considered as dogmatism by too many people who would rather read something nice, something that I'd consider a wishy-washy waste of time.

Man acts. As long as man is alive, man acts. Therefore, man must choose how to act. Therefore, man must decide what is the right way to act and what is the wrong way. There are absolutes in right and wrong. Logic and reason must be used. Rothbard has proven that the right to life, liberty, and property are correct, since this is compatible with life. It should surprise no-one then that these principles coincide with the Word of God. What is really a surprise of cosmic proportions is that intellectuals, including Christian intellectuals, reject individual rights.

But, then, is it really a surprise when so many are at the government trough and in the establishment's stable? Rothbard rocked the boat. Big time. The powers-that-be will not even tolerate a law-abiding teenager on the streets in the later evening hours or a sick patient rolling the wrong plant in a cigarette or the wrong questions being asked of a former presidential candidate at a university forum. I guess it really isn't a surprise after all...

Or, maybe the establishment is scared witless of all who question authority and mutter such blasphemies as ... natural rights?

Chapter 1, “Natural Law and Reason,” starts off with a crash course in the discovery of natural law. St. Thomas Aquinas (1225 - 1274) is discussed at length. He was a pioneer in what amounts to libertarian thought, meaning the belief in a free will and purposive action (2). As a young teenager, Aquinas was already deep into Catholicism and wanted to join the Dominican order. His parents would not let him; in fact, like too many parents today who send their teens to prison-like behavior-changing institutions without a speck of due process, they held him captive until he escaped to the Dominicans two years later. The good news is, of course, his escape, but it is also his wonderful achievements in economic philosophy. The bad news is that he lived only 49 years, probably because of obesity coupled with the fact that he lived before capitalism made a long life span possible.

I look forward to reviewing Rothbard's two-volume set, Economics Before Adam Smith and Classical Economics, for this blog and do regret that it will have to wait a winter or two before I can.

But the main thrust of Chapter 1 of Ethics is actually the dispute on whether one can reach these rational conclusions without divine help, or even the dispute on whether God created natural law or was it just “there.”

My own opinion is that God created the entire universe and therefore created the laws of nature. As to whether one can discern these laws without divine help, well, yes and no. Yes we can since all we must do is apply our ability to think things through. The fiercely atheistic (methinks they doth protest too much) followers of Ayn Rand and pursuers of other atheistic belief systems have done quite well, I believe. However, on the other hand, we cannot reason without God's help, since it was God who created each and every human being with varying abilities to reason and, without that, man would be the same as dog. Well, actually, most of us would be the same as dead.

Natural law defines the difference between right and wrong according to what is best for man and fulfills man's nature (3). This is vindicated by the Ten Commandments, the Sermon on the Mount, and other scripture. “Thou shalt not kill,” for instance, vindicates the right to life. “Thou shalt not steal” vindicates the right to property.

I believe the Bible is the only source of information on the nature of God. It is also a source of information about the nature of man and the difference between right and wrong, but it is not the only source. God gave us the ability to figure things out and we are expected to use that ability.

In Chapter 3 of Ethics we learn that natural law is a jump-off point for the criticism of “positive” law (government-made law which might or might not jibe with natural), or the great old American tradition of questioning authority. This is why it is such a threat to the establishment.

Great. I slept like a baby, and the next morning before aerobics class I opened the book to Chapter 4, “Natural Law and Natural Rights.” I already had learned that natural-law theory had descended (at least partly) from Aristotle who had said that man is a “social animal.” This is certainly true as individuals cooperate and exchange goods and services and also interact for the fun of it. But then, in Chapter 4, Dr. Rothbard starts out by saying that Aquinas followers (“Thomists”) down to Leo Strauss had interpreted “social animal” or cooperation to mean subordinating the individual to society in general or to the State.

I wondered why so many footnotes referred to Leo Strauss, who was not on our side and whom I treated in an essay a couple of years back. Now, I was beginning to see why. Of course I was now very confused at this first paragraph in the chapter and during aerobics class I was shaking my head as much as my feet. Well, I'll just have to go on reading.

Then the name of John Locke (1632 - 1704) comes up! Now, this thinker was right on, or at least as right on as an early pioneer could expect to be. Definitely one of the good guys, he was a major influence on our Founders. Locke turned everything right-side up again, putting the individual first. It is this correct interpretation of natural law that Rothbard is basing his book on, and what the Founders based the country's Founding on (4).

So now Dr. Rothbard goes about establishing the proper sphere of law, property rights, and the State.

Rothbard then turns to a concept that is critically important, one that we can expect to see in Man, Economy and State and one that is shunned by the establishment. That is “Crusoe Economics.” Why is this so terribly important? It is because it illustrates an economy on a very small scale; one person, in fact, which is about as small as an economy can get. The one person, Crusoe (surely we all remember the story of Robinson Crusoe) is stranded alone on an island with only the land, his mind, and his muscle to keep him alive. What does he do? He decides his priorities and goes about trying to satisfy his most urgent needs first. He looks for food and shelter (consumer goods). Depending on how much of these he can find and how soon, he is able to allocate time to pursue less urgent wants. He may be able to set aside some food and other goods for tomorrow (saving). If he can do that, he can allocate time and effort to fashion a tool (capital) to aid in obtaining food and other necessities faster. For instance, at water's edge I have seen this particular tree, some of whose branches hang down like strings. If that tree is present, he can fashion a fish net to increase his catch. The net is “capital.” Or, in the presence of maple trees, the wide leaves could be a help in shading the ground where food is buried to keep it cool and fresh.
He has his aptitudes, his scale of priorities, and the ability to learn. He behaves in compliance with the laws of nature and his own rational self-interest as he sees it. Whether it be simple Crusoe economics or a complex developed society, all individuals behave according to what they see as their rational self-interest.

So, why does the establishment shun Crusoe economics? For the very same reason! It evidences, nay proves, that individuals always see to their rational self-interest!

Of course the left, and other collectivists such as the neoconservatives, are quick to point out that a simple economy with only a few people or one person is entirely different from a complex economy with hundreds of millions of very diversified people. They are right about that, of course. The more people there are, the greater the interaction, and it is the interaction that is important.

I personally think that all the interactions there are in the world boil down to a lot of one-on-one interactions. I might work for a huge multi-national corporation or the U.S. government. You might work for a different huge private or governmental entity. When we are conducting business, such as the purchase of supplies or the setting-up of a meeting, I am dealing with you primarily, and you are dealing with me, one-on-one. I may then go to my boss to report on the deal. I am now dealing with the boss, one-on-one.

There is no group! There are only individuals dealing with one another, one-on-one. Even if a job is a cooperative group effort, each individual has his or her own individual part in that effort.

As we have just learned from the isolated Crusoe, production must precede consumption. He had to catch the fish or pick the berries in order to eat them. He finds out that some tasks are easier than other tasks, but he must do the tasks (produce) in order to reap the rewards (consume). A grown person can reach a lot more fruit on the trees than a child can, but a child can move faster so he can probably catch more fish with his bare hands than the adult can.

Possibly a new arrival on Crusoe's island is a ten-year-old. There are lots of ways Crusoe can deal with this new arrival, but the most profitable would be cooperation. Both are better off if the child catches the fish while Crusoe picks the fruit. They then trade fish for fruit. Later they may decide that the child is old enough to be left alone to plant wheat or potatoes while Crusoe goes after big game. With this cooperation, both can obtain more food in less time, so both can think of the future. The garden is planted, and big-game hunting devices are fashioned. You have a good little free-market economy going, complete with production, exchange, and setting aside for the future.

There is no government regulation! They don't need it! They are acting in their rational self-interest, and quickly learn that exchange is key. If you think exchange is unimportant, try going without it for a while. When you run out of food and try making your own out of whatever you have and nothing else, I think you might reconsider. It is a good thing we all have diversified abilities, since there are certain tasks you cannot do, but somebody else can, and certain tasks that you find easy that others cannot do.

The left makes so much of “diversity,” but this is in reference to racial, ethnic, or gender diversity, which really does not count in the face of important ability and aptitude diversity.

If more people arrive on the island, a greater diversity of abilities will occur and therefore more such exchanges will occur. Each, working in his or her rational self-interest, will produce whatever he or she is able to produce and is needed the most by the others present. These products, of course, will be used by the person who produces them, but as the person becomes really good at producing these goods, there are enough left over to give away in exchange for other goods others do not need. This is “division of labor.”

Nobody needs to be told what to do! Each knows what is in short supply and, if he can, he goes ahead and supplies that, in hopes of obtaining something he needs. The shorter the supply of what he produces, the more he can obtain in exchange. He makes a profit.

Exchange is a key concept, but even more key is the concept of ownership. Each person owns and has the right to control his or her body and the fruits of his or her labor. Being the owner, one has the right to offer these fruits in exchange. When the exchange takes place, the owner gives up ownership of the item exchanged and becomes the owner of whatever the item was exchanged for.

I come into your store and buy a loaf of bread by giving you the amount of money you ask for. After the exchange, the bread is mine and the money is yours. It is clear that I wanted the bread more than I wanted that amount of money or I wouldn't have bought it. It is also clear that you wanted the money more than you wanted the bread or you would not have sold the bread.

Your wants and mine are not the same. While we might both like money and both like bread, on your scale of values, that amount of money is more valuable than that amount of bread. On my scale of values, the opposite is true. Rothbard makes it plain, however, that saving a portion of what one produces is of utmost importance, as this is how one becomes wealthy.

We all have different scales of values. This is why exchange is so important. We all have different abilities. This is why division of labor is so important. We all act in our rational self-interest as we see it. This is why government should stay out of our lives unless and until someone actually infringes on the rights of another.

If each person and his or her property are free of invasion or molestation by other people, regardless of the size or sophistication of the society, then we have a condition of freedom. Dr. Rothbard has shown in this chapter (Chapter 7) that this is what will bring about abundance of wealth. While this means equality under the law, it does not mean equal wealth. It does mean everybody could be far wealthier than they are in an un-free society.

I would rather have a small slice of a big pie than a big slice of a small pie.

Rothbard discusses the alternatives to 100 percent self-ownership which are all incompatible with life. If you do not own yourself (and the fruits of your labor), then who does? Some other person or group? “Society” in general (as the Communists declare)? At the end of the day, production would come to a grinding halt. There must be at least some concept of self-ownership, and there is, or we would not be here.

If “society,” or everybody, owns everybody and everything, since it is impossible to take a vote on every decision, then a few people have to be chosen to be delegated the responsibility of making decisions. Now we have some people (in effect) owning everybody and everything and that would mean the ruling of the many by the few, and all or most of the wealth being in a few hands. This is not freedom and I doubt that I have to explain why. It is basically because individuals use their minds to make decisions based on their rational self-interest, and any interference will force them into choices that are inferior to the choices they prefer. They are worse off. In my opinion, this all by itself proves that natural (God's) law calls for a free will and freedom.

Freedom is moral. There was a time when I thought that socialism would alleviate poverty by taking from the “haves” and giving to the “have nots.” But, despite that belief, I did not advocate that because to steal is immoral. I would have rather have poverty than theft. Of course as time went by (5) I realized that individual liberty, private property, and a free market do more to alleviate poverty than starry-eyed socialists can ever hope the government can. In fact, government, which is by nature greedy, wasteful, and corrupt, has done more to perpetuate poverty than all the private greed and laziness on the planet has! And Dr. Rothbard has proven this with finesse, in simple language that the average high school graduate, even dropout, can understand.

And that is the real reason the monopolistic establishment tries so hard to keep us from being heard.

Freedom works! I could have believed in freedom because it works, even had I not believed that natural rights accrue to the individual. I could have thought that rights are collective or that there are no natural rights. There are those who think that way. Freedom works and that is the only reason they believe in it. I cannot make sense of that (“collective rights” is an oxymoron), and it seems as if these people have one foot in a collectivist camp and the other on a banana peel.

Chapter 11, “Land Monopoly, Past and Present” (we must remember that the “present” Rothbard was writing in was 1983) is particularly important as it shows that when you have one owner with huge tracts of land, as in feudalism, there is no freedom. I have to wonder if the left realizes that de-privatization of land, placing all land under the control of “the people” (read the government), will actually place it under the control of a few bureaucrats. How does this differ from feudalism?

To really claim unowned land in a libertarian society, Dr. Rothbard says along with John Locke, one must do something with it, or “mix one's labor” with it. Crusoe could not land on a big island and say, “It's all mine! Mine! Mine!” He could only claim the land that he could work. This way, no one person can own huge, vast tracts.

Once the concept of individual property ownership rights is firmly established, Dr. Rothbard applies it. We take a long stride forward from For a New Liberty in sophistication, but we progress along the same lines. He discusses justice: What can ethically be done to exercise the right to defend and protect property and how justice may be served.

Prophetically in Chapter 12, “Self-Defense,” he treats the evil of gun laws again very briefly (6), and also treats torture, wiretapping, presumed guilt, and slavery (which the draft and compulsory jury duty actually are). He makes the bold (but completely true in my opinion) statement that the police should be allowed to use coercive methods against the guilty only and, in a free society, unless and until a suspect is found guilty, the police should think twice before employing coercion.

In today's Amerika, police can almost write their own ticket. Fortunately, most of them still have some pride in their work, but a few behave as if they were on steroids. While our Federal tax dollars are at work arming them with tasers and other paramilitary gear, many innocent people have had their lives turned upside down, and some have even died.

I wonder if Dr. Rothbard, who died in 1995, had any idea what we were and are headed for in Bush's Amerika, especially when, looking at the 2008 presidential front-runners, it will not get any better; in fact it is likely to get worse.

Well, meanwhile back at the ranch, Dr. Rothbard discusses the punishment of criminals. The purpose of this is really to restitute the victim. The disproportionate punishment that we are seeing today is reprehensible and, he believes, wrong in the eyes of almost everybody. Maybe that was true in Rothbard's day. However, today we are seeing mind-bogglingly harsh punishments, such as expulsion from school for wearing an inch-long gun pendant or crucifix, or life sentences for LSD possession, or even the serious discussion of (and, come to find out, presidential approval of and actual use of) what can only be described as torture to wring information out of “terror” suspects. Suspects, not convicted terrorists.

Some C.S. Lewis quotes dealing with our punitive psychiatric system are used. If “treatment” is viewed as punishment by the recipient, then it's punishment, especially when it is combined with the cruelest of all tyrannies: the “it's for your own good” mantra. And it is indeed a mantra, since the recitation of this mantra absolves the person doing the “treating” from any wrongdoing.

As an aside, I am so sad and angry about the psychiatric drugging of children and young adults with Ritalin and other drugs to calm behavior becoming more prevalent. I will not belabor the harm this is doing, nor will I belabor the fact that were I a youth today I would be in complete and total rebellion. I am, in fact, beside myself in complete and total rebellion against the present day treatment of young people under 18. Having always been a fierce opponent of corporal punishment for children, I have to admit that even that is better than the drugs. A beating will make a child angry and hostile for a few days, or (worse) intimidate him into slavish obedience, which is not a good thing, but brain drugs can damage a person both physically and mentally for life (7).

Dr. Rothbard treats the rights of children. They do have rights. I absolutely agree with that, being a lifetime opponent of “minor” status laws. He has said many times that there can be no justice without equality under the law. Now equality under the law does not mean sameness. We are not the same. Dr. Rothbard was my superior when it came to libertarian economics and philosophy. If he had not been, why would I use his work to hone my skills as a libertarian writer and activist? But then, when it comes to musical composition, Brian Wilson is his superior (probably). Rothbard is superior to Brian Wilson (probably) – and me -– in libertarian economics and philosophy. Both are way superior to me in the ways mentioned. Possibly I am superior in some other way.

However, under the law (meaning natural law or libertarian law), we are and should be the same, and so is the child. Each has the right to life, liberty, and property, but each must respect that right in the others.

There are, however, problems in the case of children, especially infants who cannot even turn over in bed, much less feed, clothe, and shelter themselves or trade in the marketplace. Can they really own themselves, or do their parents own them? Does it really matter to the tiny child? As for the pre-born, Dr. Rothbard takes the “pro-choice” position. A mother, he says, cannot be forced to carry a baby to term. I will have to admit that his rationale is compelling, but I am “pro-life” myself. I will not go into that here, as I discussed that in other essays. The discussion here is about the born infant and smaller child. There is no way a baby can exercise self-ownership rights, so his or her care-takers (presumably his parents, through whom God created him) must exercise these rights for him in the capacity of trustee or guardian.

Of course, this trusteeship cannot go on forever (ask any teenager). As long as it continues and the child lives under the parents' (or someone's) roof, he or she must obey the parents' rules. Of course, anyone who is a guest on private property (and “guest” does include family members who do not own the property) must obey the rules or leave. A child who has matured to the point of wanting to and being able to leave must be free to go. Then there is no question about ownership. He may then try to make it on his own, seek another home, or return (if permitted back).

Conversely, parents may adopt children out. In a free market, a transfer of funds may occur between the birth and adoptive parents. In fact, Dr. Rothbard even condones “buying” and “selling” of children. I personally do not believe that human beings can be bought and sold, but, again, does it really matter if you call it “buying” a baby or paying to adopt? As long as the baby is not neglected, assaulted, tortured, mutilated, or otherwise has his rights infringed, he believes that it is OK.

It is certainly better than foster “care” and Child Protective Services, that is for sure. A list of infringements on the rights of parents and children is listed in the chapter (8). Of course, the book was written in 1982 (although I am using the 1998 edition) and, as we know, this situation has grown worse with the increase in the size and scope of government, not to mention the rise of private behavior-changing schools and camps that can only be described as prisons, where parents can send their teenage kids without a speck of due process.

Come to think of it, I cannot find any mention of age restrictions in the Constitution. If I am right, then any Federal minor status law is unconstitutional. I have a hunch that the BATFE and DEA will not like my observations very much. Well, I do not like them any better, so were it not for the fact that they have all the guns, I'd say we were even.

Rothbard points out that juvenile “justice” is justice turned on its head, and he was right then as he still is today. In fact, even running away is treated as a crime, the treatment for which being itself a good reason to run again. I have to think back to the teenage St. Thomas Aquinas ... This, in my own opinion, coupled with an arbitrary age of majority much higher than it should be, amounts to an apartheid system.

Having demolished the whole concept of the government-mandated apartheid called “minority,” Dr. Rothbard turns to equally discredit one of the left's favorites, the opposition between “property” rights and “human” rights. They are not mutually exclusive; actually they are one and the same. Human rights are property rights. How can one have the right to food if one does not own or rent, or obtain by gift, a place to put the food? If one does not own one's own body, how can he be allowed to eat? This goes back to the early part of the book and the discussion of who owns one's body. If one does not eat the food, one must have access to a place to put it. In fact, without the right to own land, or rent it, where would a person stand? The freedom of the press assumes access to a press or printer and a place to put it. If “society” (read government) owns just the land, the press owner must seek (read beg for) permission to place the press on that land. The owner of a privately owned building on the “public” land must beg for permission to allow the press inside. A government can say “no” for any reason or no reason. A dissident is far less likely to be able to use the “human” right of a free press in the absence of private property.

Private landowners compete for tenants and as long as rent is paid on time and tenants do not damage property, the red carpet is out and landowners could not care less about the tenant's politics. I should know. I am a flaming dissident and make no secret of it, but could drive up in my bumper-sticker laden car and rent an apartment almost on the spot because I have always taken pains to pay the rent early and minimize wear and tear. But if housing were socialized, as it is in the “projects,” it would be very different as I rock the boat by questioning silly rules and expressing non-conformist opinions such as drug and gun legalization, and the right to own land. The right of free speech and press cannot stand alone without property rights.

The same goes for the Internet. God forbid that the Internet becomes censored. Privately owned Web pages do not have to allow postings they do not want. There are blogs that I have been barred from because of my opinions or because I did not know I wasn't supposed to list my blog. Blogspot generously allows anyone to set up a blog free of charge. It does not have to do that. I have to approve replies to my work before the replies are posted. I set those rules. I will allow to be posted any opinion, or anything that does not contain language that is offensive as I want everybody to read this. I have had some pretty derogatory comments. That's fine. If Blogspot or other such companies had no property right to allow me to post here, and I could not buy my own domain, I might be out of luck. All the “human rights” in the world would count for nothing.

As it is, property rights are greatly attenuated. I could go on forever: property taxes, zoning, forfeiture, and eminent domain are obvious. Less obvious is government's ability to use your tax money to harass someone it does not like, until attorney fees take so much of what victims have that their homes are foreclosed when they fall behind on their payments. Because of this, the government is actually at least a partial owner and has a great deal of say-so about what happens on private property. Why do you think it can outlaw guns, drugs, and certain other activities, and micromanage the rest?

It is because property rights are not as strong as they would be in a libertarian, free-market society!

Dr. Rothbard treats the problem of immigration here very briefly. I am not sure I completely agree with him, but, again, he was very brief and only treated the issue of property rights. It is OK, he says, for persons to immigrate if they can enter private property with the owner's consent. In a free society, this would work. Anyone who can pay his way is welcome to immigrate.

However, the problem with that is, and this is the main reason I respectfully disagree with the Libertarian Party and other libertarian organizations and favor legal immigration only, that we have very liberal social programs and birthright citizenship here. Anyone who is born in the United States is an American citizen, as of the ratification of the 14th Amendment to the U.S. Constitution. Now it is a relatively simple matter for foreign women to come to the U.S. (legally, illegally, or overstaying their visa), have a baby here (on the taxpayer dime). The baby is a citizen and now makes it possible for family members to enter the country.

Judging from what I have seen, it is not difficult for illegal aliens to get on our social programs, on our tax money.

These are the main reasons I do not support open borders. Unlike many others who oppose illegal entries, however, I do not favor laws that forbid the hiring of or renting to illegals, as this is certain to give rise to a system whereby employers and landlords must check with the Federal (or other) government before hiring or renting to anyone. That is the equivalent to being required to have government permission to hire or to rent, and that is reminiscent of Communist Russia.

We must enforce immigration laws at the border, not in the interior. The only exception should be that if an arrested suspect turns out to be an illegal alien, that person should be deported. Otherwise, though I realize that there are possibly millions of illegal aliens in the country, eventually they will all leave or die. All efforts should be towards guarding the borders to keep more from coming in.

And we must work towards a more free and prosperous country, so that social programs will not be so needed and charitable giving will be increased to meet the decreasing need.

Dr. Rothbard continues on to discuss speech, press, truth, falsehood, libel, slander, boycotts, contracts, bribery, life-boat situations, and other such issues. Though I am not totally on his page in every area, he shows that it all boils down to property rights, and things would be much better if property rights were respected.

A very brief piece on animal rights (9) shows rights accrue only to the human being because the human being is rational and has a free will; therefore rights are part of man's nature.

Now that natural libertarian law has been described (briefly), Rothbard turns to the interference of the State. He believed (10) that the success of the State may be the biggest hoax on mankind ever. In fact, no state, however oppressive, will last without at least a passive support of the majority. And this support is bolstered by propaganda. As mentioned in For a New Liberty, this used to be religious propaganda. Now that Christians and others are too knowledgeable for this, government schools, science, and bad, unsound economics are used. And, of course, scare tactics are used. As support for the Bush administration flags, “terrorism,” gun violence, and economic distress, both traceable to guess who, are trotted out to scare people into giving up more liberty to be “safe.” The State must have the support of the majority! Even in this country, with a fiercely anti-gun president (which has been proven by many, including fiercely pro-gun me) and its 20,000 plus federal gun laws, its possibly hundreds of thousands of state and local gun laws, a BATFE which is way out of control, and mythology about guns having wills of their own, a citizen who wants to be armed badly enough can find a way. This is true in any country no matter how strict its gun laws are. Without the support of the majority, an armed uprising can occur, so it behooves a state to convince citizens of its necessity.

Nowadays the State relies on intellectuals. I touched on this earlier. Al Gore is an example of someone who is using science (how much of his science is good science and how much isn't I don't know). Of course, Al Gore is very rich and will never have any trouble getting the bills paid even if the whole world's population became libertarian overnight, throwing him out of work. But, generally speaking, intellectuals do poorly in the marketplace. They have to work regular jobs but would far rather earn their keep disseminating ideas. They are more than happy to accept government funds, and are willing to conform to the ideas of the establishment to keep these funds.

There are a lot of Al Gores out there who will do this, and not many Mary Ruwarts who will not (11). Why do you think you have heard of John Maynard Keynes but not Murray Rothbard before now?

Rothbard really drives the point home, repeatedly, and we had better listen up good, that if government has the power it will use it and try to expand it. It is human nature. People who have power want more. Let's consider what the Bush administration has done, the laws that have been passed by our so-called “do-nothing” Congress (don't I wish) without so much as reading them (12). This is why knowledgeable people are so worried today. We are not “paranoid.” We know that the Bush administration and the next one (barring a libertarian or Libertarian victory) will use these powers against us.

Not only that, but people in power will not even obey their own laws! When government makes all these laws that are obviously unconstitutional and when we have politicians and bureaucrats, including police, who do not follow their vow to defend and protect the Constitution, and do not follow their own due process procedures because they believe they are better, then we have a real problem.

There is a word for government people who break their vow to defend and protect the Constitution. It begins with a “T.”

Rothbard continues on to treat relationships between countries. It boils down to Founder George Washington's admonition for friendship and commerce with all and entangling alliances with none. The libertarian must oppose wars of aggression such as the war in Iraq. Disarmament of weapons of mass destruction is called for, since even in a “just war,” which the present war is most decidedly not, these weapons are certain to harm the innocent. The taking of innocent life must not be condoned under any circumstances, as these innocent individuals own their lives, so the only permitted weapons in a just war are the ones that can be aimed in such a way as to hit only what is being aimed at, and leave the rest alone.

As a side note, I must reiterate that advocating a country's disarmament of weapons of mass destruction in no way, shape, or form affects my view that individual citizens must have complete freedom to exercise their God-given right to keep and bear arms.

The way things are today, the libertarian would have to oppose all war. After all, war is the health of the State, not of individuals. Our liberty is being destroyed, and it is not being destroyed to be saved, regardless of the blatherings of the Bush administration.

Opposition to foreign aid (on the part of government) is also libertarian, as not only does foreign aid bilk the taxpayers in the country that sends the aid, but also helps the recipient government to oppress its own people. Look at all the foreign aid we have had to pay for! Is there any less poverty in the world because of it? If you believe that U.S. foreign aid helps to relieve poverty in recipient countries I have some ocean-front property in Kansas I would like to sell you cheap. Foreign aid goes to recipient governments, not to the needy.

In the final part of the book, Dr. Rothbard critiques some alternative libertarian or classical liberal philosophies. One of these is utilitarianism. Freedom is good because it benefits so many. Well, that is true. It does benefit everyone or nearly everyone (except maybe politicians, but who cares about that?). But to advance freedom as “the greatest good for the greatest number” is to miss the point. For actually the greatest number is one. The individual. And, additionally, how is “good” defined? You might find out it may not be defined as you believe it should be when someone harms you and tells you they are doing it for your own “good.”

Individual “good” and “harm” are subjective, as has been shown by Ludwig von Mises and other economists. Therefore you cannot “add up” the goods and “subtract” the harms to arrive at any “social” good or harm.

Dr. Rothbard then turns to the theories of other prominent free market economists, some of whom are also studied at the Mises Institute, and points out areas where he believes they are wrong. These include Ludwig von Mises himself, F.A. Hayek, Robert Nozick, and Isaiah Berlin. The reader is encouraged to check these out for yourself.

Towards the end of Chapter 26, “Utilitarian Free-Market Economics,” Rothbard takes Ludwig von Mises himself to task on the idea of value-free economics. I will have to admit, he left me a bit confused. While reading Mises' Human Action and other Mises works, I got the idea that it was not Mises that was value-free but economics that is value-free.

For example: The law of supply and demand applies across the board. It applies to meth and it applies to Bibles. If you drop meth out of an airplane it, obeying the law of gravity, will hit the ground. If you drop a Bible out of an airplane it will hit the ground. And economic laws apply to all commodities regardless of your opinion of the commodities. Or, regardless of the reality about them. This is what I think Mises was saying.

So I am not sure exactly how Rothbard differs. Rothbard seems to think that Mises could condone strict statist measures if the populace were aware of the harm to their own wealth and to the economy and still favored them. Of course, if people know what harm is to be done, they can act to mitigate the harm. Still, this seems very collectivist to me and I doubt Mises would really condone this. After all, individuals can curtail their own wealth if they believe it will do some good, but to force that on everybody would be entirely wrong.

Then Rothbard takes Austrian economist F.A. Hayek to task for denying that it is coercion when the coercive law applies across the board to everyone and that individuals can plan accordingly. I have not read any Hayek myself, but certainly will now, as this is hard to believe. If the tax laws apply equally across the board to everyone, taxation is still theft and is immoral and coercive. What Hayek is apparently saying is that rights come from government, and not from a law higher than government.

Robert Nozick is next. Rothbard is saying that Nozick claims (I have read no Nozick either, but surely will now) that the State came about as a result of what Adam Smith called the “invisible hand,” or in a non-violent way. Rothbard believes that it grew out of gangs of thugs, not unlike our present day street gangs and protection rackets. I personally do not know, but because the market is naturally peaceful and government is coercive, I am inclined to think that Rothbard is right, especially seeing that Founder Thomas Paine apparently thought the same way (13).

Dr. Rothbard ends the book with Chapter 30, “Toward a Theory of Strategy for Liberty.” In other words, human beings should be free, but we aren't. So, what are we going to do about it? A theory of strategy has not been discussed much.

Isolated individuals are doing something about it. Harry Browne did something about it. Ron Paul is doing something about it. Steve Kubby is doing something about it. Bob Barr has come over from the “dark side” and is now doing something about it. As I write this in late December, 2007, Russell Means is really doing something about it (14). All these people are putting their very lives on the line! Even I, I hope, am doing something about it. Organizations such as the Libertarian Party and the Ludwig von Mises Institute are grooming people to do something about it.

These are all good. But the first, most important thing is a devotion to justice, on principle and not because of any utilitarian reason. Maybe I was on the right track as a young libertarian when I believed in freedom even though I thought it would make us all poorer.

One must be an abolitionist (15). This is the first order of business for all who are serious about a libertarian strategy, since all laws that are infringements on liberty must be abolished. Yes, for all you leftists, this would include your precious safety laws and gun control laws (we are up to 25,000 Federal gun laws now from 20,000 since Bush took office in 2001, according to Jews for the Preservation of Firearms Ownership, and this does not include state and local laws). And, for all you neoconservatives, this would include all your precious nudity laws and drug laws (we now have more than 1 percent of the population in the prison system, more than half because of drug “offenses). Out with them all!

And Dr. Rothbard wants them all gone in one fell swoop!

That would be nice, but physically impossible (no, this does not make me a utilitarian, just a realist), so I would start with programs that cost a great deal but do no good, such as the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan. I would close overseas bases and bring the troops home. Then, I would close the BATFE and the DEA, and pardon for immediate release all Federal non-violent drug and gun offenders.

Then I would break for lunch. This is hungry work, you know. (Let's see ... I'll have spaghetti ... carbs are good for brain activity.)

Later, but not much later, I would axe the IRS and the DHS. And, over the next few months as the economy boomed because of all these dead weights lifted, I'd swing the axe again and down would come several more agencies. The booming economy would create many productive jobs, and former bureaucrats and others whose jobs depended on government would have no problem in finding new private-sector jobs.

But, although this strategy may differ from Rothbard's (there are no two libertarians who would do it exactly the same way), the goal is the same: liberty. That goal must be absolute before we even begin. Enough people need to have the will. If we keep our eye on the ball, then the fact that we cannot reach our goal in one fell swoop will not deter us. We cannot condone the continuation of infringements on liberty, even though we know full well that they will continue at least for now. Even if it were physically possible to institute liberty in one fell swoop, other precious principles might have to be sacrificed. Politicians might have to be summarily gunned down. Even if one thinks this might not be a bad idea, one must remember that politicians do have families. I, personally, am not sure that those who would gun down the politicians are any better, as they might seize power and be just as bad. An armed citizenry could prevent that, but it is still wrong to summarily shoot people.

Transitional steps to liberty, as quickly and decisively as possible, are the best answer. This is not a perfect answer, but keeping one's eyes on the prize and not sacrificing principles may cause it to work.

But how do we get the necessary numbers of people to work as a movement for liberty? We have now come full circle; education is key.

In the end, we will prevail, says Dr. Rothbard (if I could only be so optimistic). We will, because what limited freedom there was in the past created some great leaps forward (to use the phrase Mao perverted), such as the industrial revolution, and now the Internet, which have eradicated poverty (I mean real poverty) here in North America and in Europe, and will, if we can just stop fighting all these wars and if governments will only get out of the way, reduce it in other parts of the world as well.

So the book ended on a positive note. I hope he was right.


(1) These classes radicalized me.

(2) Rothbard, Murray, The Ethics of Liberty, New York University Press, New York, 1998 Edition, P. 6 - 7.

(3) Ibid. Chapter 2.

(4) Founder Thomas Jefferson is quoted as saying, “It is not only vain, but wicked, in a legislature to frame laws in opposition to the laws of nature, and to arm them with the terrors of death. This is truly creating crimes in order to punish them.”

(5) I have Henry Hazlitt to thank. Hazlitt, Henry, Economics in One Lesson, a new printing of which is to be produced by the Ludwig von Mises Institute. See http://www.mises.org/.

(6) Rothbard P. 81.

(7) See http://www.mindfreedom.com/ and http://evansmediausa.blog.com/353135/ (Parents Against Teenscreen).

(8) Rothbard P. 105 - 112.

(9) Ibid. P. 155 - 157.

(10) Ibid. P. 168.

(11) See Ruwart, Mary, Healing Our World: The Other Piece of the Puzzle, SunStar Press, Kalamazoo, 1992. This book is very well documented and I believe it is one of the best libertarian books ever published. There is at least one more recent edition, but I possess only this earlier one.

(12) The USA PATRIOT Act, the Real ID Act, and the Military Commissions Act make up a very incomplete list. These add up to paving the way for a presidential declaration of martial law if the president desires. I would suggest that dissidents tie loose ends. Also see http://www.infowars.com/.

(13) Rothbard P. 231 - 232.

(14) See http://www.russellmeans.com/?loc=interstitialskip. Also do a Google search on Lakota for a wealth of information on the brave actions of this Indian tribe.

(15) Rothbard P. 259.

Man, Economy and State

MAN, ECONOMY AND STATE
with
Power and Market
(The Scholar's Edition, 2004)
by Murray N. Rothbard
This is a very long treatise on economics that includes Power and Market in the Scholar's Edition, and is accompanied by a Study Guide. The Guide must be purchased as a separate item from the store at http://www.mises.org/.

The very long Introduction is worth reading if one is interested in how the book developed, as there are excerpts of letters Dr. Rothbard wrote to his sponsors giving them updates on the progress of the book. I would warn the reader not to be afraid of certain terms used, such as “conservative” and “old right” but simply to ignore them, as Rothbard's pure libertarian philosophy could only be described as progressive and liberal if one uses the dictionary definitions of these terms.

As I have stated numerous times, one needs to realize that, in many ways, especially in regards to education, “progressive” has been used to describe some very backward ideas, very unlike anything the dictionary could describe as “progressive.” And, today, “liberal” is used to describe anything but liberal.

The Volker Fund commissioned the project in 1952, and it took until 1960 to complete. Dr. Rothbard was meanwhile working on his doctoral dissertation, and he had other projects going as well. He was keeping up with current events too. Only Murray Rothbard could multi-task like this! Most of us would never attempt it; I would have a nervous breakdown.

In any case, at the time his book began it was originally going to be a college textbook that could also be used by the intelligent layman who wanted to learn some economics. Economics textbooks were then, as now, cluttered with mathematical formulas, charts, graphs and the like. There were lots of statistics but not much theory.

This is still true. A few years back, I took a beginning and then a second-level course in macroeconomics. It was difficult. Fortunately I am naturally good with math formulas, and can understand charts and graphs with ease. But I still had to work like a dog to understand all the material and to complete assignments.

And, absent a good background in Austrian school (truly free market) economics, I might have been suckered into believing in the need for taxation, regulation, and government “leadership” in the economy.

The courses were still worth taking, because now I understood why people are sucked into advocating establishment policies that actually work against their own interests. Also, I am now familiar with the contents of the courses (the Solow model for instance that took up a whole month, the Phillips curve, the Laffer curve, etc.) which do make a measure of sense. What is ignored is the fact that human beings have a free will and are fickle. They change their minds continually, and there is no way to determine what consumers in the marketplace are going to do next. So all the “real time” numbers you see are obsolete before they hit your computer screen.

And all the seven-year, fourteen-year, and five-year plans the Bush administration can muster will come to naught. All they do is mess up your own plans. How are you supposed to make your plans when the government hands down all these “policies”? They certainly don't plan around you. They don't even know you are alive, and couldn't care less until you break some rule or fail to pay a tax. You have to plan around them, and when policies change, you have to plan all over again.

Because the courses in middle-of-the-road macroeconomics are so difficult, and because sound Austrian economics is relatively straightforward, I have to wonder if there isn't some reason for this. Most students think of economics as a “dismal science” (which term actually was coined way back by Thomas Carlyle) or far too difficult, and as a result do not care to get too far into it. They would major in something else, and leave the management of the economy to “experts,” meaning high-paid government policy-makers. This is exactly what the establishment wants, and this is an important reason wealth and power gravitate towards establishment interests. And it is, I think, the main reason Rothbard wanted so much for people like you to learn sound economics.

Anyway, back to the book, it was originally going to be a textbook, but later Dr. Rothbard changed it into a treatise. This would permit some manuscript that would be classified as more opinion than fact. Otherwise I am not sure how this would change it. I do know that it has been used as a macroeconomics text, and while reading it I concluded that it would be a very good one.

Later, problems set in due to the actual length of the book. Publishers were not sure publication was worth the risk of losing money. So Power and Market was cut off the end and turned into a separate work.

Now, the new Scholar's Edition contains everything.

At the end of the Introduction, some early reviews of the book were discussed. Of course, those reviews from the educated were glowing, and those from establishment sources were not-so-glowing, to put it mildly. Well, that is no big surprise. The book absolutely demolishes the establishment to smithereens and then pulverizes the smithereens.

So, let's get in, start 'er up, floor it, and forget about seat belts!

Chapter 1, “The Fundamentals of Human Action,” is key. I strongly suggest reading and understanding this chapter thoroughly before continuing. Most of the material is really stuff we are already familiar with and might think of as obvious, but only subconsciously. It is important to spell it all out, so that it is not only conscious knowledge, but crystal clear. This is done in page after page until Dr. Rothbard has said it all. We need to understand this!

Economics is actually the study of human action, meaning purposeful behavior. If economics is dismal, then human action is uninteresting. But, I defy anyone to deny an interest in human action or purposeful human behavior. It is the most interesting subject there is! Sex and money are part of this subject. Now, are you still uninterested?

An action has an end and a motive. Individuals act because they have a motive to act to achieve an end. If a human's actions are purposeful, then these actions can be interpreted by someone else.

Humans act. This is part of being human. Individuals do the acting. Groups do not. A group's existence is dependent on individuals in the group. Without the individuals, there is no group. Of course, individuals are not isolated; an individual's actions may depend on the actions of other individuals. But only individuals act.

When an individual acts, it is because he (or she) has an idea that he can achieve his end and how to do it. It will include making some changes in his environment.

I want to eat a piece of pie. So I have to go to the pie or the pie has to come to me. That is a change in environment. I could wait in the chair for the pie to come to me, but that might take a while. Maybe even until tomorrow. I get another idea: if I go to the kitchen, and get the pie, I can then eat it. The motive is the desire to eat the pie. I act.

But, that isn't all. Whether or not I actually get out of the chair, get the pie, and eat it does not only depend on hunger for the pie. It also depends on whether I am willing to expend the time necessary to get and eat the pie. It might take only ten minutes, but that ten minutes has to be taken away from something else. That something else might be lazing around in the chair, leaving on time for an important libertarian meeting, or anything in between. Either way, it is action. I act. I must choose which way to act, and the choice will be based on my scale of values.

The point is, time is scarce. So is pie. In fact, all means to ends are scarce, so choices have to be made, and any choice constitutes action.

Humans need to change their situation, to improve it. We cannot predict the future but we can act to improve the prospects. We cannot predict how people are going to act except to say that individuals are always going to act in their rational self-interest as they perceive it.

Time is not the only means to an end, of course. The means to ends are goods. To get the pie, I not only need time, I need labor (my own labor since I do not have anyone at my beck and call, with the price of labor these days, price including not just labor but endless government and union rules that I refuse to follow). Also, I need land, meaning a place to put my behind down and a place to put the pie. Then, of course, the pie had to come from somewhere. Either I bought it or I made it. In any case, materials, more time, and labor were involved. It had to go through stages. The flour, shortening, sugar and berries had to be grown and stages go all the way back to the seeds for the wheat and berry plants. And, of course, the metal for the stove goes all the way back to a mine in the ground. If you go back far enough, land and labor are all there are.

The progress from land-and-labor-only to pie-on-my-table is accomplished by the use of technology, and technology is brought about by ideas. People get ideas and plan for the future based on these ideas. They act on the basis of these plans. How wheat is transformed into piecrust and berries transformed into filling is based on an endless number of technological ideas.

Each of these ideas was thought of and acted on by an individual, not a group.

Every acting person wants to achieve his ends as soon as possible. When I made or bought the pie, I worked as fast as I could, not only because time is valuable but because I looked forward to eating it. Economists call this “time preference.” A small piece of pie today is better than a big one tomorrow. (Of course, it also depends on how small, how big, and how much of today is left before tomorrow.) But, if the piece of pie today is of the same size and quality as the piece tomorrow, you can be sure, all else equal, I will choose today. The desire not to go to bed hungry might or might not be just an excuse.

This time preference, or present vs. future orientation, is what a person is expressing when he is planning the future: The preference is “high” when he thinks only of right now or the immediate future; it is “low” when he plans way ahead. You cannot really do both. The means to attain ends are scarce, and means to attain immediate ends cannot be used to attain long-term ends. You cannot have your cake (or your pie) and eat it too. Any pie that I eat right now cannot be saved for tomorrow. Choices, then, have to be made according to one's scale of values. Because everyone's scale of values is different, nobody can tell me I made the wrong choice. When they say that, what they really mean is that they would have made a different choice because they have a different scale of values (1).

Of course, individuals can change. Their time preferences may go up or down depending on a number of things. One might have a higher time preference expressed by a propensity to spend rather than to save. When she learns that there is a baby on the way, this might change. She must think about a longer term. She must think about the expenses of a child. I'd like to believe she would think about education, good private schooling, or even home schooling, and the cost of higher education through college and even medical school. She needs to think about her own health now and in the long run. Her perspective changes drastically and she becomes more future-oriented. Many things can happen, big or small, for someone to change her time preference.

In any case, all action is geared to the exchange of a less satisfactory state of affairs to a more satisfactory one (2). All action implies exchange. If the end sought is indeed more satisfactory (and it might not be; we all make mistakes), then the individual profits.

So ends are valued. Therefore, the means to ends are valued too. The piece of pie is something I value. Therefore, I value its ingredients all the way back to the wheat and berry seeds.

In this book, one of the main things Dr. Rothbard is trying to do is illustrate how value imputation can be accomplished in a modern economy. There are billions of people, each with an ever-changing scale of values and time preference. This is complicated. One thing we can do right now is to lay to rest any notion the government can direct the economy without harming everybody's life.

Rothbard then discusses marginal utility. This is similar to, but not the same as, diminishing returns. Marginal utility refers to your having only a certain amount of means to an end, and you will use that means in the most urgent way first. I have a filthy apartment, and only so much soap. So I use that soap first to clean the most important area. If any is left, I clean the second most important area. Four areas might be cleaned before I run out, but if an accident destroys some soap, I will have to leave the fourth area dirty and clean only three. The soap lost was the “marginal unit,” and the cleaning of the fourth area was the “marginal utility.” Had I had a very large, abundant supply of soap, then the whole apartment would have been cleaned, and the “marginal utility” of soap would have been much less, only as much as the next apartment cleaning. This is because the greater the supply of the good, the lower its marginal utility (3).

This law of marginal utility is key. As obvious as it is, people do not seem to be aware of it.

It gets more complicated as one gets into the marginal utilities of the factors of production as seen over the next 20 pages or so. The main point, I think, is actually that value imputations are very complex and there is no central authority with the know-how to assign them, especially when they change all the time.

Once marginal utility is treated, Rothbard turns to the formation of capital, using the Robinson Crusoe lessons again. This teaches how saving will, in the long run, increase wealth. It is easy to understand, and subconsciously everybody knows but, again, it needs to be raised to a conscious level to bring it into focus.

To use the apartment-cleaning example again, it is basically this. The job will take eight hours, but if I get a scrub brush it will take six. I really value my time and want to finish the job. So, is it worth the time I must take to interrupt the job to go after one, i.e., shall I invest the time in the brush? The answer is: How long did it take me to earn the money for gasoline to go to the store (divided by the number of errands I can combine this one with)? To earn the money to buy the brush (divided by the number of times I will do this or a similar job with the brush)? How long will it take me to go after the brush? If all of that totals up to less than two hours, then it is worth the investment. The brush is called “capital”; it will make me more productive on that job. The time I save could go into leisure or into another job. So the “capital” brings me more than just the scrubbing.

In order to go out and buy the scrub brush, I had to leave a job that I really wanted to finish for long enough to go. I had to lower my time preference in order to set that job aside. The incentive to do so was knowing that in the long run I would finish sooner.

Crusoe had berries and nothing else. It took most of his time just to obtain enough berries to live on. He needed help from a berry-picking tool (capital) if he was going to satisfy any other want. So he had to take time away from the berry-picking, or from what little leisure he had, and make (or invest that time in) the tool. Once the tool was made, he had a lot more food and leisure, so he could go on to satisfy other needs. Thus, the capital not only gives him more berries, but gives him other things besides.

What Crusoe did (and what I did) was to express a lower, or more future-oriented, time preference. It was worth the sacrifice of a present good in favor of a greater future good.

Dr. Rothbard points out that the land and other natural resources, once worked on and “improved” (i.e., made useful to human beings), became “capital” (4).

This hearkens back to The Ethics of Liberty as he discusses John Locke's “mixing labor” with the land and how an individual comes into possession of unowned property. When Crusoe found land that was satisfactory to him, he began to clear it for a house or to work it for another future end. While doing that he had to sacrifice present wants as it was an investment for his future, but he was also “mixing his labor” with the previously unowned land, so that land was his.

Also, the tools (capital goods or producers' goods) one uses for his work had to be made, and the factors involved with that can be traced all the way back to the mine the metal came from or the forest the wood came from, and all the way back to when the mine or the forest was first discovered and worked (5).

The capital or producers' goods can be traced forward to the consumers' goods you are making as you act at work, that you expect people will want.

Action is also an exchange. In the examples above, you act to exchange present goods for future goods, or vice versa. One has to give up something in order to get something. At this particular time I am choosing to work on this essay. I also have e-mail to read, dishes to do, and some paperwork, and these should all be done today. I am giving up these jobs to do this one right at this particular time. You are reading my blog, and it gives me great satisfaction to know that out of all the other things you have to do, you pick that. It is an exchange, and we choose. We choose according to our rational self-interest; we give up something of lesser utility for something of greater utility.

Chapter 1 is very important because it explains what economics is really all about: human action. Anyone who has any interest in what makes people tick absolutely must read it.

In Chapter 2, Rothbard discusses interpersonal action. Up until now he has only dealt with the action of isolated individuals. We are individuals first. Most of our actions are as isolated individuals, but obviously we do interact and these actions are important, too.

There are many kinds of interaction. If Crusoe finds there is another person on the island, he can respond in any of a few ways. He could simply ignore the person and continue on as before. Or he could, in an effort to steal the person's property that could include murder or enslavement, perpetrate violence. Crusoe has to decide what to do.

He might opt not to use force or violence at all, either because it goes against his beliefs or because in the long run it will not be utilitarian.

He could engage in voluntary interaction with the man. From this point on in Chapter 2, Rothbard deals with “the workings of a society based on voluntary action, entirely unhampered by violence or threats of violence” (6). He does examine the effects of violence here and there, but for the most part the book describes economics in a free market.

You have to give up something to get something. That is exchange. Crusoe gave up present berries in order to make a tool so as to get future berries. By the same token, if I want what you have, I offer you something you want in exchange for it. One thing that drives the market (series of exchanges) is the fact that people's scales of priorities differ.

Rock concert promoters are in business to make money, obviously. They set up a show and have tickets to sell. A promoter with 10,000 tickets wants to sell as many as possible and sets the price in such a way that he believes all of them will be sold at the highest price he thinks he can get. Meanwhile, I am happy to hear that my favorite band is to play nearby. I get on the Internet or go to the ticket outlet to buy a ticket. Chances are I will not refuse to buy the ticket because of a high price because I really want that ticket. I buy the ticket if I value the ticket more than the money I pay plus the time and expense of going after the ticket plus the time and expense of actually going to the show itself. The promoter, on the other hand, works very hard and has very high expenses in putting on the show. Hiring the band, hiring the venue, transporting and lodging the band and the umpteen truckloads of equipment, and overseeing the whole enchilada is a major job. And, of course, the government, natural enemy of rock concerts, imposes regulations that go on forever and can capriciously cancel a show at the last minute, making the promoter walk on egg shells. So promoters need all the money they can get and are very anxious to sell tickets. It is a business and a profit has to be made or else they will go out of business or maybe even wind up on the streets.

I value the ticket more than the money; the promoter values the money more than the ticket. Each actor in the marketplace has a different scale of values.

Crusoe has learned how to obtain berries quickly by experimenting and making tools. He has lots of berries but no meat. The new man seems to have quite a bit of meat over there, but can't seem to get his fill of berries. Crusoe, therefore, goes over and suggests a swap. The different value scales and marginal utility make it only a matter of time before trading begins.

If two people can benefit this much from one another's differing abilities and preferences, then the more the merrier. The more people present (to a point, of course, since too many people will get in one another's way) the more exchanges can take place. We now have social cooperation, or a “society” and a “marketplace” (7). We also have the kind of diversity that really matters.

As I said before, and as Rothbard emphasizes, there really is no such entity as “society”; it is only the individuals and their cooperative workings, with each individual benefiting from exchanges he and the other party have chosen to make.

The series of exchanges, in the absence of violence or the threat thereof, and in the presence of self-responsibility and the freedom to choose, are a free market. This means a truly free market. When President Bush talks about “freedom,” “democracy” and a “free market,” he means something entirely different. My purpose is to illustrate that to you and show that what Dr. Murray Rothbard is advocating is what will really work, whether it be on a small Crusoe scale or a large world-wide scale.

The point is, and this is regardless of the “greedy capitalists” the left is always talking about (most of whom are actually very generous), when one acts in one's rational self-interest by exchanging in the marketplace, one benefits others (8).

The question is raised: How is it determined how much of what is exchanged for how much of what? It is determined by the value scales of those who are exchanging at the time the exchange is either made or falls through.

After a discussion of pricing when several prospective exchanges of one item for another are brought in, the law of supply and demand and equilibrium price are made clear. This is familiar to all who have studied any economics at all, even mainstream economics.

I believe I learned in economics that the establishment fought bitterly, but finally had to concede to the law of supply and demand, which is part of bedrock free market economics. This is why price controls do not work. When President Nixon, a thoroughgoing Keynesian and arch-enemy of anything even remotely resembling freedom, imposed controls, I already knew that there would be acute shortages of many commodities, while other commodities would gather dust on the shelves (9). Sure enough, that was exactly what happened, and friends asked me how I knew. Did I have an eye into the future? Well ... yeah ... in fact I do. The sun will set this evening and rise again in the morning. Some things just follow. It does not take any special talent to know cause and effect.

People will act in their rational self-interest every single time. And, this is what Dr. Rothbard is spelling out in the book. Of course people make mistakes; they do something and later discover that they shouldn't have. Then they get to work and make corrections.

Nobody has a crystal ball, at least not one that predicts accurately, but some people are better at predicting the future than others. I am poor at this (the above was a no-brainer for the student of economics), so I worked for someone else and picked up a paycheck every two weeks. At least I had enough of an ability to think for myself to set aside a portion of that paycheck for a rainy day and to pay my Individual Retirement Account every January. And I never got a credit card. It was years before I would even get a debit card, which is entirely different. One can order on the Internet or over the phone with a debit card (I am not sure how wise this is now while the government snoops and behaves as though it favors identity thieves). The difference is, when you pay with a debit card the money is taken out of your checking account right then and there, and if you have insufficient funds, the card will not go through. You do not incur debt. I take a great deal of pride in not owing anybody a nickel.

Oh! If only we had an administration that did not spend like a drunken sailor (my apologies to drunken sailors as this comparison is unfair to them), and a populace that practiced these frugal principles, we would be much better off, even with all the socialistic micromanagement of our lives.

But, I digress. I am poor at forecasting. There are some things I can predict, as I mentioned such as night following day or a generalized economic recession at some point because of irresponsible policies, but some people are really pretty good at it. They make intelligent guesses at what the consuming public might want. These people make good entrepreneurs. Whoever went into the business of making hula hoops in the summer of 1958 is rich to this day as they were a huge fad. Nobody under the age of 40 or so could live without one. Their job is to forecast correctly what people are going to want and then supply it. The rock concert promoter is an entrepreneur. Entrepreneurs take a risk. A major one, because if they are wrong they could wind up on the streets. They had better be good at what they do, and not everybody can be an entrepreneur (10).

Dr. Rothbard expends the last portion of Chapter 2 on a reiteration of some very basic points: the necessity of the private ownership of land, how it came about, how the ownership of all goods came from it, and principles involved with exchange. There is also an introduction to the principles behind storage for future use and the hiring of storage (11). This is a small hint of the passages on banking that come later in the book.

On to Chapter 3. I have gotten the idea, as Chapter 2 wound down, that Dr. Rothbard was leading up to something big. He was. In Chapter 3, he pointed out that, so far, he had been talking about exchanging one item for another without any difficulty in finding someone who wants what you have and has what you want. This would be a very primitive economy where a Crusoe can trade his extra berries for someone else's extra meat.

Today I might want to buy a ticket for a concert that is sold out. Someone has a ticket he does not want, but he wants a dog. I dearly love the band but I refuse to give up my sweet little dog to see them! I must hunt for someone else who has a ticket he is willing to exchange for something I am willing to give up.

That is really cumbersome. I might, on the other hand, have something that someone wants badly enough to give up their dog or their ticket for. I have a freezer full of steaks. Maybe someone will accept those! I think of everything I have that a lot of people might want. The steaks might be the best thing to offer, i.e., they might be the most marketable thing I have. I offer these to everyone I can find with a ticket in exchange for the ticket. Or, I might offer them in exchange for a dog, and then take the dog to the person who is willing to give me his ticket in exchange for the dog.

As the economy grows, people discover what everyone wants and what is easiest to trade, and what can be traded in varying amounts. Whatever it is can be useful as a consumer good, such as a food item. Or it can be useful as something to re-trade. The recipient of the steaks might eat some or all of them, or use some or all of them in exchange for something else.

As time went on, people learned that gold (or silver) was ideal to use in trade, as it seemed to be the most marketable commodity. It is ideal because it is scarce but not too scarce, does not spoil and is valuable enough in small pieces. This is how money came about. Everybody wants it because they can exchange it for useful items. This marketable commodity became a medium of exchange, or money. I don't have to give up my dog to see the concert. The ticket-owner does not have to settle for a concert when he would rather have a dog. Rather, I will pay him money in the amount agreed upon by him and me, which he may or may not use to buy the dog. The use of money will speed up exchanges across the economy, making the standard of living immensely higher.

Of course, gold or silver does not have to be the medium of exchange. Many different commodities have been marketable enough to use in other cultures (12). (On the island of Yap, huge stone circles are used. Thanks to National Geographic for that info.) But gold and silver have won out.

When I took my mainstream economics courses, the advent of money was taught in much the same way except for one very major detail. We were told that government directed all of this and that these ideas came from bureaucrats and politicians. Dr. Rothbard makes no mention of any government involvement. His assumption seems to be that, over a great deal of time, people came up with these ideas and the ideas were implemented gradually, and they caught on because they made things easier for people (13). I was not there, of course, so I do not know first hand, but the Rothbard version makes much better sense. It is unlikely that bureaucrats, in whose interest the status quo is, would come up with a free-market commodity medium of exchange. It is too much in the interest of the little guy, and contrary to the interests of the status quo.

Rothbard points out the obvious. People will strive for the highest income or the highest return on their investments. Of course, in this age of group supremacy and socialistic self-effacing sacrifice of the individual, maybe that is not so obvious. Everyone seems to want to be “average” and not stand out. Maybe I am being sarcastic. I am not so sure about that, but I am sure that every person acts in what he perceives as his rational self-interest.

Rothbard points out the obvious in order to stress the not-so-obvious.

The obvious is, of course, that people will increase their income to the greatest amount possible. This does not mean only monetary income, as he is quick to point out, but it also means psychic income, which I think really means satisfaction. For instance, because of your principles, you might rather deal in Bibles than in dope, even though dope is far more lucrative. Because of your belief system, the extra money made by selling dope might not be worth it, and you are happier selling Bibles and receiving a lower monetary income. You are maximizing your psychic income, and Dr. Rothbard is saying this is what everybody does.

Likewise, when a person takes a job, the higher the pay the better, but a person might choose a lower-paying job if he likes to do that work but does not like to do the work in a higher-paying job. There is no way you could pay me enough to be the night watchperson in a funeral parlor, but to relocate people's dogs to places within a radius of a few hundred miles would be so much fun that the cost of the trip might almost compensate. I love dogs, but not dead folks.

Conversely, a person spending money will want to get the most “bang for the buck” for all the same reasons that the seller of labor or any good wants maximum income. The least-high-priced gasoline in town is next door to where we have our monthly Libertarian Party meetings ... you know the rest.

So, goods and services are bought and sold at prices that are of at least some benefit to both buyer and seller on their varying scales of value. Buy low and sell high!

But, as Dr. Rothbard asks at the end of Chapter 3, just what does determine money prices? The long Chapter 4, “Prices and Consumption,” begins.

What determines money prices in the free market is the individual value scales of all the participants. We must review an individual's scale of values and point out that over a certain price an item is too expensive in the individual's opinion so he will not buy it. If the price goes down, he might then buy which means he gives up some money. Less money remaining in his wallet means he is more anxious to keep what is left, that is to say that the marginal value of every dollar he now has is greater to him. If you find that you are spending more than you should be, you slow down your spending. So, he might only buy one unit of the item. If this item then goes “on sale,” i.e. the price is lowered again, he is inclined to buy more of the item.

I am always on the lookout for nice T-shirts. If I see a rack of really nice ones at $10 each, I might buy only one, the best looking one there. Or I might not. Usually I will not buy any. I might buy two if I can get the second one for $5. However, at the thrift store there are often some very nice used ones for $1 each and I might buy as many good ones as they have. It is my scale of values. A really good new T-shirt is about the same in value as $8 or $9 to me at this time. A fairly good T-shirt might be worth $2 to me at this time. I recently took clothing inventory and I have about 35 T-shirts that I wear on a rotating basis, so possibly I will leave the T-shirt market until a few wear out or are given to the thrift store. My T-shirt related valuation varies from time to time (14).

Observe your own behavior. You can create your own “demand schedule” (15) for some product you buy or mine for T-shirts, and even draw a “demand curve” (16).

Obviously each person has his own value scales vis-à-vis T-shirts or any other item. My demand curve for T-shirts is added to all other T-shirt buyers' curves. The quantity demanded is going to depend on the price. (The actual demand itself will depend on how badly people want to buy T-shirts for other reasons.) So we have the sum total of all the demand schedules.

We have to emphasize that all this is based on the subjective perceptions of individual human beings. This is part of how people behave, or what makes people tick, and that is why it is in the interest of all of us to understand these principles if we ever hope to restore economic freedom, which as we will see is really the same as civil liberty.

Once we understand the total of the demand schedules (or curves) of all the buyers, we soon understand that the other side of the coin, supply, is not really that different. The seller compares the value of the T-shirt to him with the money he can get from the person who is the most interested in buying the shirt. He has a very nice National Basketball Association shirt. I am tall and energetic and, next to volleyball, basketball has always been my favorite game to play (even though these are team sports and I normally prefer individual sports). So I want that shirt. There is a certain number of buyers like that, so if I do not come into the store, someone else will. The seller knows there is a thrift shop nearby that sells some pretty nice shirts; he is not sure he can move his stock of very nice shirts for $10 each, so he might or might not lower the price right away or at all. He has to make an educated guess, taking his own value scale into consideration. How badly does he need money right now? What would it cost him to keep unsold shirts? What season is it, and how brisk is business in general?

As I write this, it is mid-January and President Bush has announced a “tax rebate” of maybe $600 and is begging people to go out and spend it to stimulate an economy that is verging on recession. Now, while I have never met a tax break I didn't like, there are many issues with this. If you have read Rothbard and/or Mises, you know what some of these issues are. Suffice it to say that the “tax rebate” will give a little temporary relief (especially if this money is taken away from other government spending rather than created out of thin air but I fear the latter is the case given the robo-Keynesian “economics” of freedom-enemy Bush's administration). I hope and pray people will pay off some debts and/or will save this money in trust funds, CDs or at least simple savings accounts. But, people being what they are nowadays with their stratospheric time preferences, there will likely be a mega-spending spree!

Saving and investment are terribly important, as Dr. Rothbard explains further on in the book (17), because this is the money that goes into capital, or tools that will be used to make consumer goods for the future. If present tools wear out and there is no money to replace them, production will slow down, adversely impacting future jobs and consumption.

People will spend. And many people will spend on frivolous things because Big Brother told them to, and because they believe it is good for “society,” but mostly (at least there is this little spark of individualism that has not died out yet) because they want stuff! They are not economically literate enough to see how this will adversely affect their future.

In the long run, and the long run becomes the short run before any of us are ready, this tax rebate will not prevent a recession. It will only postpone it and worsen it. The Bush administration's fiscal and monetary policies have been as dismal as its international policy and its civil liberties record. Not only am I livid about this, but I actually feel a low-grade fear. Barring a Libertarian or at least a libertarian victory, which I fervently pray for, or the Second Coming, we can write off our country as a total loss at some point. Since I am getting older, it could be that I will be gone when the mud hits the fan. I expect, however, to be alive until around 2040, so I cannot count on that.

But, to go back to the subject (actually all of that really is the subject; the supply and demand schedules for T-shirts is really to begin to illustrate that), say you are the owner or manager and it is your job to set the prices of those really good NBA shirts. How will you set them? If taxpayers have received the $800 from Big Brother with the admonition to go forth and spend, how will you set the prices? I don't need to explain any more.

Conversely, if the recession is on and people are tightening their belts, what will you do? Remember, if you don't sell the shirts you have to throw them out or store them, meaning that you will pay rather than be paid. What is the greatest amount you think you can get for them in the time frame you need to sell them, considering all the factors? One factor is, how many do you have in stock? The more you have, the less you value each one (18). You might have to lower the price if the shirts don't move. Other sellers are doing the same thing. (One thing is not a factor and that is how much you paid for them. That is money down the drain and will not affect a customer's decision to buy.) This, along with consumers' demand schedules, is how market prices are set. The consumers' scales of values and demand schedules combined with the sellers' scales of values and supply schedules set the market price as shown on P. 243 and explained on P. 246, and that is where both buyers and sellers are satisfied. Few goods are left over and few buyers are turned away (19).

Speculators need to anticipate the market, i.e., to do what needs to be done now for good results in the future. The better they can do this, the more money they will make. Profit is their reward for correct speculation, and most people cannot do this really well. Some can. They have to know what they are doing, even though non-market (incorrect) price-setting becomes obvious right away, since every minute counts when they are competing with other sellers. And, as we have been emphasizing, the market is fickle; things can turn on a dime.

There is no way on the planet that some bureaucrat in Washington or even in local government can decree prices correctly. Establishment economists finally gave up on government price-fixing, especially after freedom-enemy Nixon messed up the entire economy by imposing price controls in an effort to halt inflation. Some needed items were impossible to find. One had to go to a different store for each item and then often had to settle for an item a bit different from the wanted item. Other items gathered dust on store shelves.

Individuals, both buyers and sellers, are best at determining what is in their rational self-interest. Exchanges occur only when it is in the interest of both parties to the exchange (20).

As for money, it is just like any other commodity on the individual value scales, following the law of marginal utility. People want to keep a high cash balance not only so they can exchange it for things, but because they do not know what the future holds regarding their own value scales and the right time to make purchases. “Saving for a rainy day” is basic. It is not necessarily the prediction of trouble. It is that we flat-out do not know what the future holds. One might be able to predict a little bit. Not much. It is late January and I can predict a warming trend over the next four months in the northern hemisphere, based on what I have read and experienced over the years. I can also predict (not quite as accurately) that there will be a speedup in inflation because of the completely irresponsible, maybe even malicious (they must know!), actions of the Bush administration and the Federal Reserve of late.

Predicting inflation, I allowed my cash reserves to decrease by buying a new car about a week ago. My old one had nearly 200,000 miles on it, so I decided it would be better to trade now rather than risk sinking thousands (not to mention time in unanticipated delays) into repairs during the very active upcoming summer. The money will not be worth what it is now, and the money price of a new car is more than likely to rise.

And, thanks to a good education in economics, I saw this coming years ago and bought up a few gold medallions. My only regret is I didn't buy more.

Another individual might predict differently, and make different decisions.

Even then, I do not for sure know that inflation will happen. Maybe the Ron Paul Revolution will take hold and shame the establishment into backing off! Unlikely? Sure. Impossible? No. But right now it looks like inflation will happen, or rather continue. The mud will hit the fan. We just don't know when.

Dr. Rothbard's point is we cannot predict. We must be ready, so a cash reserve is indicated.

In a further discussion on the origin of money, he makes it plain that money, in a strong and free economy, has to be a commodity, and cannot be created out of thin air by government edict (21).

I have plenty to say about that, especially now in January, 2008, but I will not at this time, primarily because Dr. Rothbard touched on the idea of plans (22).

Planning is important. Scheduling is very important. Without scheduling, there is no way I could get everything done, much less this project, and I am retired! If you are working, supporting a family on half what you earn as the other half has to be flushed down the tax toilet, caring for children and/or elderly parents, then your whole life is about scheduling. You have to budget your time just as you do your money.

But this is not quite what Dr. Rothbard is referring to. You plan. Even someone who has lots of free time, and makes it hard for me to obey God's command not to be envious, plans. Maybe he or she plans a trip to the mall today. The child who buys an ice cream cone plans to eat it. I plan to put dinner in the oven in about an hour. You might plan to buy a car next year.

Everybody plans. The problem is, so does the Bush administration. You hear things like a “one-year plan,” or a “six-year program,” all the time (23). These plans are made without the slightest regard for your plans. If Hillary Clinton or Barack Obama wins the 2008 election (or even if Bush-clone John Mc Cain wins), these plans and programs will change, forcing you to change yours, and not for the better.

This is really just one more way to illustrate the main point of the book: A free market economy, unhampered by government interference, is the best for people to pursue and achieve their goals.

Of course, “the best laid plans of mice and men” can go awry, and even under the best of conditions there are no guarantees; as I said, one can only predict to a point. Not only can government policy change, over which you have zero influence, but so can everything else, including your own value scale.

In Chapter 5, Dr. Rothbard starts on a five-chapter discourse on production, so we might as well settle in for a long ride. Production is important enough to warrant this, as without it we would have nothing at all.

Humans act, and act purposefully. They act in what they perceive to be their own interests. They want goods, in fact they want all they can get, and resources are scarce. Humans must act to change natural resources in such a way as to make them useful as the goods they want. This is what economics is about. Since everyone is different, and each has his own particular talents, time preferences and scales of values, humans find it in their own interest to cooperate and exchange. This way each can obtain more of what he needs. Camaraderie and friendship are one of the best fringe benefits of that. And individuals tend to think that a present satisfaction is more important than the same satisfaction in the future.

We hearken back to Chapter 1, the Crusoe economy and the very basic lessons taught.

The basic thing is, Change occurs. People are fickle. Time preferences and scales of values change. So does technology. Supply and demand curves are always moving toward equilibrium, but before they can reach it, more changes occur. In order to examine the human action of production, Rothbard stops the whole thing in its tracks, like a freeze frame, and discusses the “evenly rotating economy,” which obviously does not exist but is useful for study. In it, we have equilibrium and there is no change in the repeating patterns of production and consumption. This study needs to be done before we can discuss ever-changing factors.

I guess it is like the novice who has newly decided to exercise her God-given, constitutionally guaranteed individual right to keep and bear arms, who must learn to shoot at a stationary target before learning a moving one.

So we must study a stationary, or “evenly rotating,” economy first, as a “scientific” explanation of human action (24). There are dangers that need to be paid attention to at all times with this concept, and one is that it is easy to fall into a “mathematical economics” mode, or the establishment mode where people are not much more than automatons, and the economy can be kept at “equilibrium.” Of course, as long as humans act, there is no way for that to occur. The evenly rotating economy is a mental construct to help us understand human activities in the market (25).

Once that point is made clear, Rothbard points out something that is obvious after you read it, which is so true of a lot of things related to human behavior. He describes how money flow would be if all resources and producers' goods were specific to one use to produce one consumer good only. Of course the economy is not like that. Resources and producers' goods are usually not completely specific; some are very non-specific and can be used for many different things. But this specificity was an illustration to give us an idea of the flow of money.

To produce, it is necessary to curtail present spending so that money can go into “capital” goods, i.e., the goods used in production. The “capitalist” is the one who gives up present satisfactions to do this in hopes of future satisfactions. Without this, production could not occur. The capitalist is the person who advances the money.

The left-wing vendetta against the capitalists is silly. The capitalist advances the money and risks losing everything (although obviously hopes to gain or he wouldn't do it) so that goods and services can be produced for us all. Many of these leftists are capitalists themselves and do not even know it! The only reason they single out this group is the establishment insists the economic system we have now is “capitalist,” while it is not even close to capitalist. It is actually mercantilist as I have pointed out numerous times.

This leftist vendetta makes about as much sense as one of the left's other idiocies: They rail against the Bush administration as much as I do but then they agitate to have the very same administration (or a Democrat administration that will be exactly the same) to take everyone's guns away.

There should be many more capitalists! The capitalist, by investing for future gain, is showing a lower, i.e., more future-oriented, time preference. Even the bearer of a simple savings account is also being a capitalist. This person, like Crusoe when he was willing to forgo immediate berries and take time out from the picking to make a tool, is forgoing present consumption in favor of more future consumption.

The question is, how much of a return does he want on his money? A lot, of course, but what will he accept? We are getting into interest rates now. In a free market, the interest rate is set by the sum total (or maybe it is better to say average) of people's time preferences. Will you forgo $100 today in exchange for $105 a year from now, or $110, or how much? The answer depends on how much you prefer your money right now to it a year from now. The interest is how much you are paid to wait. This return is what the capitalist is concerned with. Or, put another way, the capitalist is buying $105, or $110, or however much worth of future goods with today's $100.

This also touches on the fact that the price of a product is not determined by the cost of production, but it is actually the other way around (26). The capitalist is not guaranteed even a break-even return, and this is because no matter how much is spent to produce a product, the price is still set by how much customers are willing to pay for it. If the cost of production is more than what people will pay, then either ways to reduce the cost will have to be found or else the product is not worth producing at all. Dr. Rothbard, because labor is a major cost of production, demonstrates that the “labor theory of value” is a major error. No matter how hard you work, you will get only what the consuming public is willing to pay.

As fickle as people are, the capitalist is taking a major risk. Recent economic trends and recent consumer fads might help a capitalist or entrepreneur make decisions, but economics, unlike the physical sciences, has no repeatability, so there is always risk involved.

In a free market, the capitalist, entrepreneur, or businessperson must absorb all losses, but reaps all profits too. In our present economy, he must absorb all losses but is forced to share profits with government. This is very lopsided against the successful producer and in favor of the non-productive bureaucrats who do not supply the market and of the politicians who exchange favors for political support.

So capitalists have it very tough in any case. They need to predict the future in order to come out ahead, and I do not mean the prediction of when the sun will rise next. If you are like me and sunrise is the best you can predict, then you are probably better off working for a wage or salary, since that way you will probably be paid no matter what.

In Chapter 6, “Production: The Rate of Interest and Its Determination,” we get into a more realistic scenario (although the forgoing evenly rotating economy was realistic to a point) where the factors of production vary in specificity and the production of any consumer good goes through a varying number of stages. This means there are likely to be many different firms and many capitalists involved as the product is sold from one to another in various stages of completion. The capitalist advances the money ahead of time for a stage of production and hopes for a profitable return.

Rothbard then examines interest rates in Chapter 6, and right away (27) points out that interest is more than just the price of borrowing money. It is really about time and time preference. It is about human nature and the fact that all of us prefer goodies now to the same goodies later. If we are going to wait for goodies, then they will have to be better goodies. A child will always prefer a cookie now to the same cookie later, but he might not eat the cookie if he finds out he will have another cookie added to it if he saves it for later. This does not change with age. For an adult it might be one shirt now or two next week. Or it might be $1,000 to spend now or to place in a CD at 5 percent, giving one $1,050 in a year. Because everyone is different, the market interest rate is a sort of mean or average, and is determined by many factors, including the hopeful capitalist who advances money in various stages of production of various goods. He advances it into the area he believes will yield the highest return, though competition tends to make these yields fairly equal over the longer haul. The capitalist, then, must be alert to opportunities that vanish quickly. The sharpest investor is rewarded with the most profits. But it's not just the sharpest investor. It is also the investor who is the most willing to give up present satisfactions for future ones (i.e., has the lower time preference). He gets the best return, or as Dr. Rothbard and other economists often say, he gets future goods “at a discount.”

The person who puts $1,000 into a 5 percent CD for a year gets $1,050 worth of goods after that year “at a 5 percent discount” (28). The 5 percent is the return on the investment of time and is the interest rate.

All the many, many factors discussed by Dr. Rothbard go into how people decide their time preferences, but individual quirks and moods are also factors. All the various time preferences determine interest rates, and the actions of any central bank cannot do any good but can only do harm.

Individual value scales are at the root of this matter, and every other market place matter. The aggregate of individual scales and time preferences (which are a part of the value scale) determines interest rates just as it determines aggregate supply and aggregate demand. Many believe it is the other way around, that interest rates determine individual time preferences. They are only right in that the market interest rates influence an individual's choice regarding time preference. In the free market, however, aggregate time preferences determine interest rates.

This aggregate of time preferences includes everyone. It makes no difference if one is a capitalist, laborer, or landowner. Many are all three. In fact, anyone can become a capitalist simply by the act of saving! The Marxists are all wet; actually the whole collectivist left (which I think would include the neoconservatives since they are just as collectivist) is all wet as it assumes that entrepreneurs, capitalists, landowners, and laborers are distinct classes (almost castes, Rothbard says) when actually they are very much the same people (29)!

The discussion of “marginal value product,” which starts Chapter 7 (but please pay close attention to P. 456 where Dr. Rothbard explains exactly what it is), is really very important. The marginal value product, or MVP for short, to put it in my own simplistic terms, is what a factor of production must produce in order to make it worthwhile to have. The concept is very important because labor (which includes most of us) is a factor of production and therefore MVP applies to human beings who work for a living. This is another example of why the study of economics by everyone would soon bring about major changes in the system.

I would dearly love to see the working people who get up early five, six, or even seven days every week to work all day long until suppertime, even into the night, be paid a lot more than they are. However, in order for his or her employment to be worth while to the employer, his MVP, or productivity to that employer, must meet or exceed the expense of his employment to his employer. The cost to the employer in a free market would be salary and benefits for the most part. Use of the restroom, break room, and the like might be negligible but are included in the expense to the employer. If the employee's MVP does not cover these expenses, then the employer is losing money by hiring this employee. Something must be done to change this before too long and that is likely to be a cut in pay or dismissal. Conversely, if the employer is not paying the employee enough to make it worthwhile to the employee to work there, then the employee is likely to leave and go work for another employer who will pay sufficiently.

So, there is a limit to how much a worker can be paid, and that limit is the worker's MVP.

Now, the way things are today with our very unfree market, this MVP must cover income taxes, Social Security taxes, and other government-mandated costs, along with the higher overhead costs to the firm from government regulations that seem to go on forever. (This is not even touching on the fact that an employee's take-home pay must cover various taxes he must pay before he can even start to put food on the table.) Pensions and health insurance are also required in many cases. These things that may appear beneficial at first glance (trust me, the government does not really care about individuals but only cares about perpetuating its own power) actually force people to work harder to bolster their MVP's and/or to accept a cut in take-home pay. Fortunately, technological advances have helped workers to increase their MVPs.

If people would understand that the wage (including all employer expense) cannot exceed MVP for long, rather than clamoring for higher wages they would instead clamor for government to repeal the income tax, make Social Security voluntary, and generally to step aside. This would bring about the biggest hike in take-home pay in world history.

Look at your paycheck stub and see how much of your hard work is being sunk into the black hole of the income tax each and every pay period. You earned that money, and you should get to keep it.

We mustn't forget that employees are paid immediately (meaning every two weeks or every month) while the firms that employ them are paid only after product is produced and sold. We remember that the capitalists give up present payments for (they hope, but not necessarily) bigger future ones, while the workers on their assembly lines are paid right away, like clockwork.

After an explanation of marginal value product and discounted marginal value product (DMVP, “discounted” because labor factors are paid right away instead of in the future), Dr. Rothbard points out what is now apparent and that is that capital, not consumption, is the source of most (admittedly not all, but most) wages (30). You would think it were both. In a way it is, because were it not for consumption, capital would be unnecessary. But saving and investment are necessary for consumption in an advanced economy just as they are for more than the hand-to-mouth berry-picking in the Crusoe economy.

The establishment would have you believe otherwise. This is why they are so gung-ho about urging you to spend your tax rebate. Well, I am urging you to save, and I am pretty sure Dr. Rothbard would too if he were still living. If you have to spend it, buy gold!!

Most people, including me until I read Dr. Rothbard's explanation, only understand superficially that saving rather than spending will help insure future prosperity. You cannot spend yourself rich and it is smart to save for a rainy day. Most people understand this, but do not understand the actual “how” of it. What happens is, when money is saved, the investment benefits higher order producers' goods, meaning the capital closest to the beginning of production. Everything we have is taken from nature. The metals had to be mined and the wood had to be cut. Such goods as mined metal and cut trees are the highest order of goods, and the finished product you buy in the store for yourself as a consumer good is the lowest. Without the higher orders of goods, there would be no lower. Saved and invested money goes toward the production of higher order goods and maintenance of capital. Money spent by consumers goes toward the lower order goods. So saving must be done now or there will be no goods to spend on later. This is why saving is so important (31).

Ludwig von Mises points out that interest rates determine in the market how much capital is used for immediate consumption and how much is used for the more remote future (32). That's important and I have to wonder if this is why the government, through the Federal Reserve, is so determined to control interest rates.

What a loss our movement sustained with the 1995 death of Dr. Rothbard, AKA Mr. Libertarian!

There is no way that some of the establishment wheels do not know this! One absolutely must consider that the conspiracy theorist wing of the libertarian movement might be correct! Look at what the lapdog media has overtly done to Rothbardian/Misean libertarian Ron Paul This bull in the china shop is obvious to the most superficial observer. Paul beat McCain in two primaries, receiving 19 percent in Maine, but out West nobody knows it unless they are actually looking for it online. The media are going out of their way to hush it up. Paul's time in the debates was blatantly shortened, right in front of all our faces!

All these facts are interconnected. The libertarian message is being blacked out. We must turn up the volume!

Anyway, getting back to the subject of human action, the capitalist invests his or her money in future consumer goods and hopes he is right about what people will want. He must be better than average at predicting. If he is right, he will make a profit, that is, he will make more than the interest rate. If he is wrong, he will make less, maybe even go broke. He looks for opportunities to jump into an area where the factors of production are under-priced, and then, when the finished product is sold, he pockets the difference. And he had better hustle, because other capitalists are probably rushing into the same market. So he has to be not only a seer into the future, but a quick one. The onrush of capitalists into a market causes the disappearance of unusually high profits. Profits are the reward for the early detection and satisfaction of consumer desires. Loses are what slower capitalists get.

The importance of saving for capital purchase has been made clear. The left is always harping on helping the poor in undeveloped countries. They are entirely correct in that their hearts are in the right place. But you need to think with your brain and not with your heart. Absent knowledge of free-market economics, they grovel to governments, primarily the U.S. government, and the United Nations for funds to throw to (or at) the governments of undeveloped countries. Of course, the Bush administration, with all its ulterior motives and/or economic malevolence and ignorance, is happy to oblige.

What is needed in these countries is capital, and the know-how to use it (32). Know-how is not difficult to acquire, but all the knowledge in the world will not help if the capital needed is unaffordable. Therefore, someone somewhere needs to save for capital in these places.

It does not take anything big to help. Capital can be as simple as a nanny-goat. That is a start. World Vision Canada is doing a good job in adding capital to dirt-poor rural areas in Africa. Some homes are a lot better off if they have a goat. They can use and sell the milk. Some homes need a supply of water nearby since in some cases a family member has to walk hours each day to go after water. A nearby supply would help with hygiene and with crops that can be sold. And not having to walk for hours for water frees up someone's time for another pursuit, just as the berry-picking tool allowed Crusoe to see to other needs besides food. World Vision is helping people with these things. It is also supplying health care, so laborers can increase their “capital” of ability to work, and it is helping to educate children, so they will have the “capital” of knowledge. These are not big things, but these are things that stimulate saving, which in turn will create more capital.

This will not only “Make Poverty History,” as one group is called, but will create good relations, diminishing the likelihood of future wars.

The leftists have shown abysmal ignorance if they believe governments, or the United Nations, a world government wannabe, or government officials are really in favor of these goals. They are not, and it is hopelessly naive to grovel to these fat cats, whose cushy, prestigious positions depend on the continuation of the poverty and sickness they are supposed to be alleviating.

Human nature, being what it is, just about guarantees that, just like the rest of us, powerful government and U.N. officials will skewer things towards their own prurient interests. Charitable organizations must shun them.

Dr. Rothbard continues with particulars of the workings of the free market and how it tends toward equilibrium. Of course, it never actually reaches equilibrium since the consuming public's demands change all the time. In the absence of interference, the market rushes to fulfill these demands. As we have already seen while discussing division of labor, it is really a good thing that people are not all alike; in fact, no two are alike (33). Less-necessary skills that few people have will command better pay than more-necessary skills that many might have. This is why the essential task of garbage pickup will pay less than the actually non-essential task of being a rock star. Anyone can, with some training, drive a garbage truck, but all the coaching and electronic wizardry in the world will not put me on the hit parade. This is why Bono is rich and I'm not (34). Each individual, in a free market, is paid whatever he or she is worth to the consuming public. Scarce things like musical talent or gold are worth more than common things like garbage-truck-driving ability or bread.

The discussion on unemployment (35) shows that in a free market anybody can find work because there is a shortage of labor. I must hasten to explain this in the light of our situation now where so many job-seekers seem to be out of luck.

Throughout the book Dr. Rothbard is discussing the free market. This means a market untaxed and unhampered by government regulation. It is a far cry from what we actually have. He is trying to teach us free-market economics, not describe what we have. He points to the final chapter of the book to describe the sorry results of government intervention. My understanding is that Power and Market is also about that. Joblessness is one of these results. I look forward to next fall when I expect to go through Power and Market.

Within Chapter 9, there is a section called “Market Calculation and Implicit Earnings” (36). This shows how an entrepreneur or businessperson must do calculations to determine profits and losses, and to decide if changes need to be made in order to enhance income. It is interesting in its own right to an accountant, I guess, but it is critical in the light of the fact that in a socialist economy no such calculations can be made. Dr. Rothbard, Ludwig von Mises, and other economists have driven this point home again and again, because this is the main reason socialism does not work (37). The calculations cannot be made without a market frame of reference which exists only in a real market, which a socialist system does not permit. Even a badly hampered market such as ours micromanaged by government rules is still a market with enough freedom to establish prices by which to calculate.

Chapter 10, as important as it is, I will not discuss here at length. It is titled “Monopoly and Competition,” and it sets us all straight on cartels, monopolies, and the like. It is a very long chapter, about 125 pages, and is packed with insight. I urge the reader to get a copy of this or read it online (38). Let us remember the government is actually a monopoly itself, and it does protect certain monopolies such as utility companies and unions. Let us not forget the compulsory cartels of the Roosevelt era and the harm done by these. The harm caused by monopolies and cartels is the result of government coercion. Monopolies and cartels that exist in a free market cannot do much harm because they cannot be compulsory, and in a free market there is always free entry and free exit for any entrepreneur.

Rothbard goes into how “monopoly” is defined, and that needs to be straightened out before an intelligent opinion can be expressed (39). But if you say that to someone on the left, chances are you will be loudly interrupted and not allowed to be heard further.

On the free market, as Dr. Rothbard explains at length, there is no real monopoly, since in order for a monopoly to exist for any length of time government protection is necessary. Monopoly prices cannot be shown to exist either. We know that a monopoly price is higher than the competitive price, but since the competitive price cannot really be identified, then neither can the monopoly price (40). He lays the whole thing out with clarity.

Once done with that, Dr. Rothbard discusses labor unions. It was gratifying to see that he, unlike some libertarian economists, believes that there is some room for unions on the free market. I always believed that free association is a right. Teenage St. Thomas Aquinas had the right to join a monastery or date a girlfriend. By the same token, an individual has the right to organize or join a union or a quilting bee.

The issue about unions, and the reason I was fiercely determined never to join one, is the “closed shop” or the compulsory union membership for those in a particular labor market. Had I been in one of those labor markets I would have refused to join precisely because someone was trying to make me. When there was talk of unionizing and 100 percent participation at an employees' meeting one day, I stood up and said, “You will not get 100 percent to join a union as long as I am here. You are on notice. I will not join a union nor will I discuss it.”

With that, I walked out of the meeting and went back to work.

But if they wanted to freely associate (on their own time) and organize, that was their right. But they did not have the right to compel someone to join who didn't want to.

Rothbard (41) is showing that, on the free market, unions do not raise wages at all, but might get in the way of productivity, and it is not because they cannot be compulsory. He demolishes the most common pro-union arguments.

Chapter 11, “Money and its Purchasing Power,” was particularly interesting especially in the light of developments right at this time (the week of March 17, 2008, as Bear Stearns goes belly-up). The Federal Reserve's actions and the Bush administration's actions can only be described as irresponsible, and, even then, I am being charitable. Some bloggers have said this is downright socialism and I guess I have to agree.

The demand for and supply of money itself must be left to the free market just as must the demand for and supply of anything else. The same goes for the “hoarding” and “dishoarding” of money. The Keynesians tried to show that “hoarding” money causes unemployment on the free market. Rothbard handily disproves that. For one thing, taking money out of the economy, which “hoarding” does, simply exerts a downward pressure on all prices, including wages, and even that is infinitesimal unless a large number of people “hoard.” The biggest cause of unemployment is wages kept artificially high by government or union coercion. Employers are less inclined to hire under these conditions.

The Keynesians, as I have pointed out, use all these mathematical formulas to describe what they cannot describe: human action on the part of human beings with a free will (42). On the free market, it is these individuals' value scales that determine the supply, demand and “hoarding” of money. It is their time preferences that determine the interest rates, too. The Keynesians have everything backwards because they forget about the fact they are dealing with human beings and not inanimate objects that are subject to the laws of physics. (Of course, the body is subject to the law of gravity and other physical laws, but the mind is not.)

Chapter 11 includes a brief discourse, greatly simplified, on banking. The upshot of this is really to show that fractional reserve banking is entirely wrong and downright dishonest. In the system of government intervention we are being subjected to now, of course, it is not only legal but it is overt. The establishment has the populace fooled into accepting it. We who know better also have to accept it in order to function in the marketplace, such as it is now. This, along with fiat (paper backed up by faith alone) money, is the root cause of our serious economic problems today, and is the reason wealth seems to gravitate to establishment interests (43).

Before I finish the series on Murray Rothbard, I will be discussing his very short books, The Case Against the Fed, and What Has Government Done to Our Money? These books are of utmost importance to anyone who wants to understand the nature of money. And, at a time like this, it is critical. If we are to secure our future and that of coming generations, we must understand this and do what we can to counter the damage that is being done.

Don't wait for me, however! Please go to http://www.mises.org/ to read these online or to purchase them at the online store (44).

So, why is the government getting away with this and other wrongs such as war, the ban or restriction of inanimate objects, and the general micromanagement of all our lives? Because it is generally accepted today that government people know more and are generally better than the rest of us.

I already discussed how prices are set. Chapter 11 goes into that, and toward the end Dr. Rothbard discusses the value of money, which does change (45). The value of money cannot be measured in the same way weights and distances are. Its purchasing power can vary. Not only that, market prices of various items do not necessarily move together. Individuals' valuations of various goods change, so the supply and demand curves change. Of course, today we do not have a free market and we are faced with changes in the money supply. The Fed has lowered interest rates many times in a just a few weeks now, towards the end of March, and this signals an increase in the money supply. Generally speaking, this will cause a general drop in the purchasing power of a dollar, but all prices will not go up, and those that do will do so to different degrees.

Price stability seems to be an establishment sacred cow. It is trying to tell us the free market can be “improved” by government (or the Federal Reserve) injecting the economy with money or taking it out based on how prices rise or fall. Of course, this means an end to the commodity standard and it means government control of money (46).

But why do we need “price stability”? In the light of the fact that purposeful human action determines prices, and humans are fickle, there never will be “price stability” for very long on the free market.

Dr. Rothbard shows that “price stability” cannot even be defined, let alone controlled (47). The attempt to control it actually causes destabilization by distorting exchange values and keeping people from making informed decisions about how much money to hold on to (48).

Other Keynesian fallacies are discussed later in the chapter. The Consumption Function, the Multiplier Effect, and the Acceleration Principle, three real staples of the macroeconomics courses I took, were clearly disproved. The main point in each instance is that laws like those of physics cannot apply to human action.

The final chapter, Chapter 12, states from the get-go that the book up until now has dealt with the free market only. We now know bedrock free market economics. Chapter 12, “The Economics of Violent Intervention in the Market,” now turns to the monkey wrench of coercive interference with freedom, and Dr. Rothbard calls it right away by its right name: Socialism (49).

So, before we literally close the book on this winter's project, let's see what happens to this well-oiled machine when a monkey wrench is thrown in. It is not good!

Coercion is being substituted for voluntary actions. Because coercion by anyone other than government is illegal and government coercion is legal ... well, sort of ... actually here in the U.S. the government is breaking the law when it oversteps its strict Constitutional limits, but we will have to ignore that in order to prove our point. Only government coercion is “legal,” so most economic coercion comes from government.

Government interventions are of different kinds, but are always hegemonic, or bear the relation of command and obedience (50). Unless the person who is being ordered is ordered to do exactly what he or she would have done if left free, the person loses. There is no way to gain. If anybody is to gain, it is the official (or the government) that is exploiting the citizen who must carry out the order.

Taxation is a coercive intervention that really upsets the economic applecart, as all interventions depend on the government's ability to tax.

Those who support government interventions in the economy to “protect” consumers from their own “incompetence” also seem to be those who bleat about “democracy,” i.e., allowing these same “incompetent” individuals to elect their rulers (51). This makes no sense. Most government programs make no more sense.

Actually, it is far simpler to make informed decisions as a consumer in the marketplace, with all the helps available, than it is to vote for a politician who is truly on your side (how many Ron Pauls are there, anyway?), with all the lying that politicians get away with. Even without the lying, a voter has no way of knowing the candidate very well. In the marketplace, you are usually right there. You are not present at a candidate's closed-door sessions.

As an aside, speaking of closed-door sessions, last week (late March, 2008) Sen. Harry Reid, who is a wheel in the Democrat Party, held a very important closed-door session with some other top Democrats. This is happening as Barack Obama is slightly ahead of Hillary Clinton in delegate strength for the Democrat convention, and while Bush-clone John McCain has apparently clinched the Republican nomination. The closed-door session might have been about the Obama/Clinton schism in the Democrat Party and how to unite the party, at least news commentators were hinting at that. My own theory is that the establishment wants to make sure John McCain will win the general election in November, so as to carry on with the Bush policies. Now, a few days later, Hillary Clinton is being urged to drop out of the race. I think an Obama/McCain race in November will result in a Republican sweep, but that Clinton stands a better chance.

As a voter, I do not support any of them of course, since I am a staunch radical Libertarian. But for me to attend that closed-door session? That is a no-brainer, but the point is I do not really know what happened, and a supporter of one of the top three candidates has no clue what to do about this. It makes choosing a new car appear to be a snap.

In any case, even if it can be argued the rulers know more than the ruled, i.e., if government agents are better than the rest of us, Dr. Rothbard succeeds in this final chapter in showing that government intervention in the economy always results in an outcome worse than if the economy were left alone (52). Examples are shown.

The obvious example of price controls leads off. This is pretty straightforward, so much so that the interventionists have long since thrown in the towel on this, certainly after the Nixonian debacle in the early 1970s which is described in general terms by Rothbard here (53).

Minimum wage laws still prevail, however, in spite of the general acknowledgement of the harm from price controls. Wages are the prices of labor sold, but they are not called “prices,” so many people do not regard them as the same as other prices. People are thrown out of work as a result, when the MVP is below the minimum wage. Fortunately, the minimum wage is low enough that only a few are affected, but it is a catastrophe for those few. And, if it is a catastrophe for one individual, then it is a catastrophe, period. The individual comes first.

Dr. Rothbard then turns to the kind of interventionism whereby inanimate objects are prohibited or restricted. What comes to mind is the alcohol prohibition era, but it also applies to “illicit” and prescription drugs, to guns, to cigarettes, and possibly a few other things. If you paint this with a broad enough brush, it could include just about anything. In this case, and this applies no matter how you or I feel about these items, sellers' profits are interfered with and consumer wants are interfered with. The items become expensive because of their scarcity, and the quality might be poor because customers cannot report dishonest vendors without risking arrest themselves.

Besides the above, other ways of restricting include rationing whereby a person may not buy more than a certain amount of a product, and monopoly grants whereby a product is not allowed to be produced except by one firm or a few firms and there is no free entry into that market (54). Monopoly prices cannot exist in a free market, as Dr. Rothbard demonstrated in Chapter 10, but in a market regulated by government where compulsory monopoly special privilege is allowed, monopoly prices occur and Dr. Rothbard explains why (55). It is because consumers lose control of their demand curves by being forcibly restricted in their choices.

Economic regulations, ranging from the above to taxation to rules and regulations that regulate a person's life, are all interventions that can only harm a person. Individuals act, and they always act in their rational self-interest as they see it, and any interventions that change the way they act can only harm them.

Government intervention destroys opportunities for individuals to pursue their own interests, but big government costs in more than just lowering taxpayers' income. It also distorts what is left of the economy. In beginning economics we all heard about “guns vs. butter.” I prefer to use the term “war materials” because I fiercely support gun ownership by the regular citizen. Government buys war materials (and other things) from the private sector. This bolsters the war materials industry by shifting aggregate demand to this industry and encouraging investment in this industry. This takes aggregate demand and investment away from “butter,” i.e., food, clothing, shelter, education, entertainment, and other industries that do people good. The same applies to labor. Labor used by the government is labor taken away from the private sector. All of this skews the economy away from things people want toward things government wants.

I would rather buy myself a cross-country trip than be forced to contribute to the purchase of police equipment that detects marijuana gro-ops or to the financing of warrant-less searches for guns which, mark my words, will happen unless the Supreme Court hands down a really strong pro-gun ruling in the Heller v. D.C. case (56). It might happen anyway. According to Internet articles, it is already happening in Washington, D.C., and Boston, Mass.

Intervention by government lowers the aggregate demand for cross-country trips or whatever it is you would like, and raises it for war materials that are used not only in wars like this illegal and immoral one in Iraq, they are used against peaceful citizens at home as the Federal government subsidizes state and local police.

One cannot say government expenditures contribute to the economy, since the “value” of government cannot be measured and payments to it are involuntary. We have to consider its value as zero, especially since we will never know what we have lost by government grabbing up so much productivity. It could be more than just cross-country trips. It could be a cure for cancer or heart disease or Alzheimer’s. No telling what we have lost out on, all to satisfy the whims of government officials who think they are better (57).

Government attempts to compel saving and investment are also harmful since saving and investment not encouraged by free market profit incentives are skewed at best, and usually wasted (58).

All attempts to change the way government works, the way it supplies services for “free” or for a fee, the way it might try to run a bureaucracy like a “business” (e.g., the Postal Service) just shows that nothing seems to work, proving Harry Browne's point in Why Government Doesn't Work (59). It doesn't work because profits and losses cannot be calculated. Because government can tax, it will tax, and losses can go undetected.

This is not the only reason why government services are inferior. The services tend to be one-size-fits-all (60). Well, one size does not fit all! Education is a fine example, comparing public (read government) assembly-line “education” with the variety of private education. When they say “publicly owned,” we might as well read “government owned” since it is actually government officials who exercise ownership rights. If you doubt this, just try to claim your “share,” and prepare for a mandatory psychiatric exam.

Later on in the chapter, Dr. Rothbard goes into some general considerations in a centrally planned economy. It's about control. People control. Individuals' desires and plans are ruined by central planners. An innovative inventor may be forced to be a garbage collector in such an economy, depriving us all of whatever he might have invented. A good student in science wants to be a doctor but is told to be an astronomer. We gain a mediocre astronomer but we lose a good doctor.

Once the sorry Roosevelt/WW II era ended, some of the interventions in the economy were lifted, causing a prosperity the world had never seen before. The less government, the less poverty there was. Collectivists had to look under rocks for reasons to support intervention. An economist named John Kenneth Galbraith came up with a solution to the “problem” of too much prosperity (meaning not enough poverty I guess...) in a book called The Affluent Society (61), a best-seller which I heard about but never read. What I got was that we were so prosperous that it was embarrassing when other nations were poor, and that we had to apply some brakes. My immediate response was, rather than brake prosperity here, why don't these economists go to these poor nations and teach people how to bring about prosperity there? Of course now I know the establishment does not want Joe Average (or Juan Average or Pierre Average or Ahmed Average or …) to prosper, as that would end Mr. Average’s dependence on the establishment.

But, according to Rothbard, Galbraith was worried about the satiation of wants. I don't think anyone needs to be worried about that, since wants go on forever and resources are scarce. Were there satiation, nobody would go on producing, and everybody would live lives of leisure. It's not happening! But Galbraith retorted advertising creates wants (62). Maybe some people allow themselves to be swayed by advertisements but an end to want is most unlikely.

I have to wonder if Galbraith realized that by writing his book and having it wind up on the best-seller list he was himself trying to create a want for more government! Not to mention a want for his own work.

Rothbard continues in his critique of Galbraith, the latter being totally establishment in his economic and social outlook.

Next, there is another discussion on monetary intervention. After a brief review of what we learned in Chapter 11 about what happens if interest rates are lowered by fiat and banks “create” money on pure faith, he shows that when this new money is injected into the economy, some people gain and others lose. Those who receive the new money first can spend it before inflation hits prices, while others who get it later find prices have gone up before they get it. There is no net social gain, but wealth is actually transferred from the latter group to the former. The former tend to be establishment interests, and this is how the wealth tends to gravitate to establishment interests. The new money enters the economy on the credit market and this is credit expansion (63). The new credit is not from saved funds, but is new money issued with no backing at all. This was the main cause of the Great Depression, and is the main cause of our economic problems today.

They say history repeats itself. It does to the extent that people do not learn from past mistakes. We might well enter another depression as bad as, if not worse than, the one of the 1930s, mainly because freedom-enemy Bush is following the same path as freedom-enemy Roosevelt, or at least Hoover before him, who was not a free-marketer at all.

The business cycle is described very briefly (64) after a more detailed discussion of what happens with investments at various stages of production and why. When the money supply is added to by money backed up by nothing, the interest rates change, and this gives wrong signals to entrepreneurs, who then make erroneous judgments. They over-extend themselves without knowing it, and consume their capital.

Depressions and recessions are tough on everyone, especially the not-so-wealthy, but as Dr. Rothbard says (65), this phase of the business cycle is absolutely necessary for recovery. Government involvement such as that during the Great Depression only deepens and prolongs the suffering as we saw in my The Three Worst American Enemies of Freedom (66) on this blog in 2005, and as we will see again as we go through Rothbard's works. Government intervention is what causes these in the first place, and it is not a cure, any more than heroin is a cure for heroin addiction. The admonition to spend more is particularly wrong. Spending and credit expansion are major causes of recessions while thrift and saving are cures.

For the stated purpose (but not the real one) of avoiding recession and keeping the economic boom going (which is what people want), the central bank continues to inject new money into the economy. This cannot go on forever because ever-increasing money injections are necessary, just as the addict must increase the drug dosage to avoid a crash. The drug addict will soon crash or die. Similarly, the economy will be faced with a major crash or depression. There is no alternative once this route is taken.

The only reason the central bank can inject money into the economy at will is that we are not on a commodity standard such as a gold standard. What is really needed is a return to the gold standard and the 100 percent reserve.

Because credit expansion benefits the establishment over the long haul, the government promotes it. Dr. Rothbard gives a rundown on how this works (67) and the results of hyper-inflation which will certainly occur if the recession is not allowed to happen (68). The result is impoverishment. We must recall what happened in Germany in 1923, which was an important factor in the rise of Hitler. It can happen here, and it will if We the People do not wake up and demand that our government, meaning government at all levels, get back in line with the Constitution.


1. This is not to say that all values are relative. Some values, such as the difference between right and wrong, are absolute. Truth is absolute. What is, is. A is A. To say to me, “OK, if A is A to you, that's fine, then A is A to you” is nonsense. A is A. Period.

2. Rothbard, Murray, Man, Economy and State with Power and Market (Auburn: Ludwig von Mises Institute, 2004) P. 19, 20.

3. Ibid. P. 27.

4. Ibid. P. 69.

5. By the way, on a side note, if the establishment wants to ban guns entirely, it will have to either ban or strictly regulate all the products that guns could possibly be made out of, all the way back to the ore in the ground, even the ground itself. So you're anti-fascist? Then, be pro-gun.

6. Ibid. P. 84, 85, emphasis his.

7. Ibid. P. 90, 91.

8. Ibid. P. 100.

9. Ibid. P. 116 - 118.

10. Ibid. P. 64.

11. Ibid. P. 165, 166.

12. Ibid. P. 192.

13. Ibid. P. 193.

14. Ibid. P. 238, 239.

15. Ibid. P. 239, 240.

16. Ibid. P. 240.

17. Ibid. P. 400.

18. Ibid. P. 244.

19. There is further discussion of price setting and major establishment fallacies in Chapter 11, P. 831 - 843.

20. Ibid. P. 257.

21. Ibid. P. 268 - 276, esp. P. 275.

22. Ibid. P. 279, 280.

23. Doesn't this remind you of the Communist USSR and its “Five Year Plans”?

24. Ibid. P. 322.

25. Ibid. P. 327, 328.

26. Ibid. P. 354, 355.

27. Ibid. P. 371, 372.

28. Of course, the inflation factor is ignored here as a free market is assumed, and inflation is almost always the result of government intervention.

29. Ibid. P. 415, 416.

30. Ibid. P. 478, 479.

31. Ibid. P. 527 - 536.

32. Ibid. P. 539.

33. Ibid. P. 576 - 578.

34. I really wish Bono would stick to his amazing talent and leave the politics to me.

35. Ibid. P. 581 - 588.

36. Ibid. P. 606 - 616, esp. P. 614, 615.

37. In particular, see Mises, Ludwig von, Socialism: An Economic and Sociological Analysis, (London: John Dickens and Co., 1969 edition) Part II, but P. 119 nails it.

38. Man, Economy and State can be read online at
http://www.mises.org/resources/e8f5e0fa-d5bb-4844-9a4b-831c6a090d9e

39. Rothbard, P. 665 - 671.

40. Ibid. P. 687 - 698.

41. Ibid. P. 704 - 719.

42. Ibid P. 785, 786.

43. Ibid. P. 805 - 811.

44. http://www.mises.org/resources has a complete list of on-line books.

45. Ibid. P. 843.

46. Ibid. P. 847 - 851.

47. Ibid. P. 849.

48. Ibid. P. 850, 851.

49. Ibid. P. 875.

50. Ibid. P. 877, 878.

51. Ibid. P. 886.

52. Ibid. P. 891.

53. Ibid. P. 895, 896.

54. Ibid. P. 903.

55. Ibid. P. 904, 905.

56. See http://www.jpfo.org/ and search “Heller” for numerous articles.

57. Ibid. P. 940, 941.

58. Ibid. P. 962 - 973.

59. Browne, Harry, Why Government Doesn't Work, (New York: St. Martin's Press, 1995)

60. Rothbard, P. 953 - 955.

61. Galbraith, John Kenneth, The Affluent Society, (Boston: Houghton Mifflin Co., 1958)

62. Rothbard, P. 977, 978.

63. Ibid. P. 991.

64. Ibid. P. 1000.

65. Ibid. P. 1000, 1001.

66. http://alicelillieandher.blogspot.com/2005_05_01_archive.html or, check the sidebar here.

67. Rothbard, P. 1014 - 1018.

68. Ibid. P. 1018 - 1021.

Sunday, May 04, 2008

Epilogue

This is only the first installment to my reviews of Dr. Murray N. Rothbard's works. I didn't get too far! Well, this has been a particularly busy winter season and, of course, the older you get the faster time goes.

I discussed For a New Liberty, The Ethics of Liberty, and Man, Economy and State, which were probably his three most important works in the libertarian philosophy and truly free market economic theory. I was really hoping to add Power and Market, which a follow-up to Man, Economy and State and, in the newest edition, is part of the same book. I have to wonder if Dr. Rothbard didn't share my motto: Keep it simple/smart! He teaches his material in such a way as to lay it out in front of you very logically and simply. He teaches everything that way, especially economics. The way the establishment teaches economics, with all its mathematical formulas, models, and graphs, most people find it very challenging at best; in fact most people are inclined to give up and leave it to "experts" and policy-makers. This is deliberate since, as we have seen, wealth and power gravitate to establishment interests. Rothbard tried to change this and, in so doing, he gave the rest of us the tools to carry on.

Next fall, I intend to start out with Power and Market. After that, the tentative plan is to go through the Conceived in Liberty volumes. We'll see. I think we are, and have been, in a major recession (as this is posted in May), so perhaps I should go to Rothbard's America's Great Depression in which he explains the cause of that depression. One thing is absolutely sure. It was not caused by underspending. You don't spend yourself rich!

The main cause of today's recession is the past and present increases in the money supply, which is what it is when the Federal Reserve lowers interest rates. Another cause is the outrageous spending on the part of the federal government. Yet another factor is the indebtedness of individuals. This hurts more than the individuals themselves, especially when the government spends millions, even billions to help them out. High taxes are probably the number one reason people find themselves in debt, but reason number two is certainly fiscal irresponsibility on the part of so many individuals.

If you have any feedback as to which Rothbard works should be reviewed, please post a comment. Meanwhile, have a great summer. We are not living in a free country now, so, especially if you are a dissident, for all we know this might be the last summer we can really take pleasure in. So, to whatever extent you can, enjoy every minute of it. I will.

Further Readings

http://www.mises.org/story/2926 Reisman, George, “Our Financial House of Cards and How to Start Replacing It With Solid Gold” 3-25-08. What is happening as a result of the current expansion of credit.

http://www.lewrockwell.com/rockwell/war-on-recession.html Rockwell, Lew, “The War on Recession,” March 19, 2008. Government action only makes things worse. It should keep hands off.

http://www.lewrockwell.com/rothbard/rothbard173.html Rothbard, Murray, “Did Capitalism Cause the Great Depression?” Quite the contrary!!!

http://www.mises.org/story/2897 Paine, Thomas (1737–1809), “Society is a Blessing, but Government is Evil.” This excerpt from the writings of Founder Thomas Paine can be found in the third chapter of Liberty and the Great Libertarians, edited by Charles T. Sprading. Society, meaning the marketplace, can do everything that people nowadays think only government can do, and do it better.

http://www.mises.org/story/2868 Lew Rockwell’s Speech at the 2008 Mises Circle, January 26, 2008, in Houston, Texas, “The Broken Window Fallacy Reapplied.”

http://www.lewrockwell.com/engelhardt/engelhardt312.html Englehardt, Tom, and Chalmers Johnson, “How to Sink America.” The debt crisis and a higher 2009 “defense” budget are sinking us.

http://www.mises.org/story/2840 Tucker, Jeffrey A., “How Free is the ‘Free Market’?” We have languished under a heavily regulated market for more than 100 years now, but we are being told that today’s economic woes are the result of “laissez faire capitalism” and lapdog media pundits are clamoring for regulation to “cure” the problems! “With ‘free markets’ like this, who needs socialism?” he asks.

http://www.mises.org/articles.aspx?AuthorId=299 Numerous Murray Rothbard articles.

Wednesday, May 09, 2007

How the Bush Administration Is Destroying Our Country and Damaging the Christian Church

"Do not be conformed to this world, but be transformed by the renewing of your minds, so that you may discern what is the will of God – what is good and acceptable and perfect." Romans 12:2.
"You will know the truth, and the truth will make you free." John 8:32.

PROLOGUE

The purpose of this essay is to show that inaccurate, even bogus, Christianity is destroying our country, and doing great damage to the Christian Church.

The establishment's long-term goal is to bring about what is known as the "New World Order," which will be an end to national sovereignty and an end to whatever individual liberty we have left. The people we know as the establishment are working towards a centralized world government which will, of course, supersede the Constitution as the supreme law of the land. The only real dispute is, will the United Nations be turned into a world government, or will world government originate in Washington, D.C.? Either way, individual liberty will no longer exist, especially regarding land ownership and the right to self-defense, which I regard as the two most important of God-given rights.

I believe that President George W. Bush is in favor of this New World Order. He may seem to be lukewarm on the United Nations, but his actions prove him to be a centralist. The overseas imperialism, the piecemeal transfer of political power from states to the federal government, and within the federal government to the Executive branch, and within the Executive branch to the White House itself, the gravitation of wealth from ordinary people to establishment interests, the weakening of our national borders by agreements along the lines of the North American Union and so-called "free" (actually highly regulated and taxed) trade agreements, and any number of other examples show that the Bush administration is actively working toward the centralization of political power.

It was mainly the evangelical/fundamentalist (religious right) Christian vote that put George W. Bush in office in both 2000 and 2004, and it was the religious right leadership that stumped for him on the campaign trail and is still doing it.

How did this happen? Actually, the ruination of this country has been going on for many decades as I have shown in my last two blog essays (1).

In this essay, though, I want to demonstrate that the last seven years or so have ushered in what might well be the end of our country. The lapdog mainstream news media simply will not cover what I believe should be major news items and in order to find these out one needs to be on the Internet. At the end of this essay I will list a few sources of news that are from a variety of viewpoints, predominately libertarian but also from other dissident sources.

My theory as to why the country has taken such a nosedive into the big-government, intrusive nanny-state, authoritarian camp is the failure of people to think independently for themselves and their propensity to obey leaders. One, maybe the main, reason for this is poor education. Last year I said I would dig deeper into (I believe I used the word "flog") the "education" system. I won't do that right now and must apologize, but doing so would take the essay off on a major tangent.

Fundamentalist Christians obey, or at least greatly respect, their pastors. I guess they believe these pastors, at least the well-known ones, have a special hotline to God. These pastors came to believe that a George W. Bush presidency would turn the country away from paganism and back to God. The rest is history.

I read a few books on the fundamentalists, their belief structure, and their politics, to compare and contrast them with my own. My conclusion was that, while I agree with their religion and morality for the most part, as far as their political positions go they really should review what Jesus taught and also what St. Paul taught as exemplified by the scriptures quoted above.

I cannot comment on their knowledge of church history, as my own knowledge is extremely scant. I do know, however, that in the very beginning the church had little organization and what little it had was bottom-up rather than top-down. It is incumbent upon individual Christians to read scripture and apply their ability to reason. I also know that in the beginning Christians were pacifistic and gave the government a wide berth. They paid taxes to keep the bureaucrats out of their hair and otherwise dissociated themselves from government.

I have always said the only real authority is that of God. Who do these human beings think they are if they presume to have "authority" over other human beings? And, why in the world is anybody obeying them?

Is it because they know more? I have come to believe that there is authority and there is authority. Some people are truly experts in their field. Bach was an authority on music composition. Einstein was an authority on physics. Dr. James Dobson, while I disagree with him on some particulars, is an authority on child rearing. Were I the parent, or even the sitter, of a small child, it is his work I would consult for pointers, since I know nothing about the subject. Dr. Murray Rothbard was a, if not the, foremost authority on the libertarian philosophy, especially economic theory, and while I understand my own libertarian philosophy pretty well, whenever I am thinking through some ideas, my Rothbard collection is never far away. We are not always on the same page, but Dr. Rothbard has helped me question authority more than anyone else.

That brings me to the other kind of authority. This is the self-proclaimed special privilege of telling others what to do. I seriously question it.

Actually, no!! I do not question it! For I believe it does not even exist to question!

Now, I must admit and even point out that Romans 13 does seem to tell us to submit blindly to the civil authorities as they are appointed by God. However, there are some of things to remember. One is that when Jesus walked the earth (and when the apostle Paul was living) the church authorities and the civil authorities were apparently not strictly separated. Jesus himself was "arrested" or kidnapped by the temple authorities and bound over to be crucified. And we need to remember that there is the real authority of knowledge and the phony authority of the person who tells others what to do. What is really being described in Romans 13? I believe that more study is needed on this.

This leads to a very important part of the topic. Exactly what is the separation of church and state? And is this separation something that the country's Founders wanted to assure? A resounding "YES!"

Founder Thomas Jefferson said:

"Believing that religion is a matter which lies solely between man and his God, that he owes account account to none other for his faith or his worship, that the legislative powers of government reach actions only, and not opinions, I contemplate with sovereign reverence that act of the whole American people which declared that their Legislature should 'make no law respecting an establishment of religion, or prohibiting the free exercise thereof,' thus building a wall of separation between Church and State." (emphasis mine.) (Letter to the Danbury Baptists, 1802.)
(2).

Founder James Madison also had some words to say about this:

"The civil Government, though bereft of everything like an associated hierarchy, possesses the requisite stability, and performs its functions with complete success, whilst the number, the industry, and the morality of the priesthood, and the devotion of the people, have been manifestly increased by the total separation of the church from the State." (Emphasis the Web page's.) (Letter to Robert Walsh, March 2, 1819.)

"Strongly guarded as the separation between religion & Gov't in the Constitution of the United States the danger of encroachment by Ecclesiastical Bodies, may be illustrated by precedents already furnished in their short history." (Emphasis the Web page's.) (Detached Memoranda, circa 1820.)

"Every new and successful example, therefore a perfect separation between the ecclesiastical and civil matters, is of importance; and I have no doubt that every new example will succeed, as every past one has done, in showing that religion and Government will both exist in greater purity the less they are mixed together." (Emphasis the Web page's.) (Letter to Edward Livingston, July 10, 1822.)

· "I must admit moreover that it may not be easy, in every possible case, to trace the line of separation between the rights of religion and the civil authority with such distinctness as to avoid collisions and doubts on unessential points. The tendency to a usurpation on one side or the other or to a corrupting coalition or alliance between them will be best guarded against by entire abstinence of the government from interference in any way whatever, beyond the necessity of preserving public order and protecting each sect against trespasses on its legal rights by others." (Emphasis the Web page's.) (Letter to Rev. Jasper Adams, spring, 1832).
· "To the Baptist Churches on Neal's Greek on Black Creek, North Carolina. I have received, fellow-citizens, your address, approving my objection to the Bill containing a grant of public land to the Baptist Church at Salem Meeting House, Mississippi Territory. Having always regarded the practical distinction between Religion and Civil Government as essential to the purity of both, and as guaranteed by the Constitution of the United States, I could not have otherwise discharged my duty on the occasion which presented itself." (Emphasis the Web page's.) (Letter to Baptist Churches in North Carolina, June 3, 1811.) (3)
I think that is enough said about the separation of church and state, as it seems to be a settled issue.

God gave each of us a perfectly good mind and a free will. Each is responsible to take the initiative to accept Christ. How, then, can we be counseled to blindly obey other fallible human beings?

For decades now, fundamentalists have bemoaned the government, but only because they believe the wrong people are in political and bureaucratic positions. Government itself would be wonderful, they believe, if they get their own people in. My question is, why is the big government of liberalism considered "socialism" or even "communism," while big government by Christians would be "freedom"? Both are socialistic, the difference only being in the kind of regulation.

The kind of socialistic regulation the fundamentalists advocate was outlined pretty well by Tim La Haye in 1982 (4). This was written at about the same time Jerry Falwell took to the airwaves. It exemplifies exactly what is going on to hoodwink religious people into believing that the separation of church and state is not mandated by the Constitution, and into actively working towards the destruction of this country (even as they believe they are saving it) and in the process doing great harm to the church by alienating the best and brightest.

Right now, the country's leaders, both the fundamentalist church leaders and the ones in high government office are taking the sacred and turning it into the profane. Jay Bakker, son of Jim Bakker and Tammy Faye Bakker Messner, expressed it very well a few months ago on Larry King Live. He said that the "ice cream" of the Christian faith is being mixed with the "dung" of government. This is certainly going to ruin your ice cream.

So, let the study begin. We shall see if I was able to show that this is what is happening. I think I can, but not without the help of several authors.

(1) Please see The Three Worst American Enemies of Freedom and The Roots of Neoconservatism on this blog.

(2) Other relevant quotes may be found at http://members.tripod.com/~candst/tnppage/qjeffson.htm

(3) Still other relevant quotes may be found at http://members.tripod.com/~candst/tnppage/qmadison.htm

(4) La Haye, Tim, The Battle for the Family, Fleming H. Revell Co., Old Tappan (NJ), 1982.

Tempting Faith: An Inside Story of Political Seduction

Tempting Faith: An Inside Story of Political Seduction
David Kuo
Free Press, New York, 2006

Once the author became a Christian, he wanted to spread the Good News to the world, as is our job. But he was led astray early on, with the desire to use politics and government to do it. A talk by Chuck Colson in the mid-1980s galvanized him and he read everything by Colson he could get his hands on.

Colson introduced him to William Wilberforce, a British parliamentarian in 1700 who fought to abolish slavery. This made Kuo want to use government to do some good things such as work for human rights. To the libertarian Christian this would mean working towards the repeal of Jim Crow and apartheid-type laws, a major tax reduction, and the return of our troops home from overseas.

Kuo's minister is the one who turned Kuo on to Colson. Chuck Colson, before he became a Christian, was one of Richard Nixon's "dirty tricks" men. What caught my eye was that he authored Nixon's "enemies list." (1) Like the lists the Internet talks about today, any dissident who is not on some list is not doing her job. Now, even more than during the Nixon era, anyone who is working toward the return of this country to its true roots is a dissident.

Later, after the well-deserved fall of Nixon, Colson went to prison for some of the dirty tricks. When he got out of prison and became a Christian, he did some fine work helping prisoners.

The speech Kuo attended was spun in such a way (I am not in a position to know if Colson was being up front or if he was working on an agenda) as to point out that the "public square" was being stripped of Judeo-Christian influence. Colson said if this were to go on, freedom would be lost. In retrospect, nearing the end of this project, I have to say that his definition of freedom is something to be looked into. Morality was on the decline, and the country was becoming corrupt. A turn-around was needed. Christians were becoming apostate, i.e., were blending into the unchurched crowd.

Kuo's desire to use the government to do good things was different from that of the libertarian ideal of repealing bad laws. To him it would mean government funding of social programs and aid to the governments of poor countries. In other words, he was on the left, not realizing that these benefits (2) meant more tax money had to be stolen from the citizenry.

This is how David Kuo got snookered into believing political action would be part of evangelism. He was a Democrat then, working hard on the Dukakis campaign.

Two years later, the same pastor who introduced him to Chuck Colson got David Kuo a ticket to the Prayer Breakfast. Of course G.H.W. Bush was then in office. This introduced him to Washington, D.C., and he decided to try to go to work for a Democrat on Capitol Hill. Being a Christian, he was pro-life, so the Democrats snubbed him for not toeing the party line. Finally he found a job with the National Right to Life Committee.

That is apparently when the horse-trading began for Kuo. The NRLC was a heck of a powerful lobby, and Judge David Souter was being nominated to fill a Supreme Court seat. Souter's opinions on abortion were unknown and the NRLC's support depended on some trade-offs with the then White House Chief of Staff John Sununu (3).

I won't go into details, but this episode exemplifies the wheeling and dealing that goes on in Washington at the expense of liberty.

As time went on, and as Kuo thought the 1992 Clinton victory over G.H.W. Bush was the end of the world, he grew further from God and closer to politics. He hung on every word that was said on the mainstream news shows, all of which are strongly slanted in a pro-government direction.

Actually it is an exaggeration to say he thought the Clinton election was the end of the world, although it did put him into a major funk. He said the Bible says God chooses national leaders (4) and that an evil one may be chosen to show people how far astray we have gone. Once we are back on track, a Godly one will be chosen. If this is the case, we must be in really bad shape now in 2007, although there are still some Christians who believe that G.W. Bush is Godly.

The government has indeed done a great deal of harm to the Christian church if a plurality of Christians still support Bush. I believe the idea of using government authority and laws to enforce Christian beliefs is based on the belief in human authority and hierarchy on the part of some Christians.

Meanwhile, the Christian Coalition, headed by Ralph Reed, was making serious inroads into the Republican Party. As we will see later on, Karl Rove approached Reed possibly in an effort to garner religious leader (and follower) support during the 2000 G.W. Bush presidential campaign.

Kuo, having left NRLC, heard the infamous William Bennett had a job opening, applied, and was hired. One of the first words out of Bennett's mouth was one you would not expect from a Christian. Bennett worked with Reed to steer the Republican Party away from its devotion to free market economics (actually semi-free at best, according to the truly free market Austrian school economics (5) that libertarians advocate) and towards the codifying of what they believe is Christian morality and towards the spread of "democracy" worldwide. Bennett, Reed, and Jack Kemp believed (or tried to convince people) that good economics would follow if there was a moral turnaround in the country. This was either a hoax or they, too, were naive. I do not think these old pros were naive. Kuo, still being rather left-wing (remember, many neo-conservatives did come out of the Left) and distrusting of the semi-free market "supply side" economics, was eager to go along with Bennett and Kemp. This was actually more horse-trading, as Kemp had a history of being more free market than most.

This is an example of how the religious right and the religious left both fail to understand the difference between voluntary giving to privately funded Christian charity, and government welfare schemes funded by coercively collected (which really means stolen) tax money. I have to wonder what part of "Thou shalt not steal" they do not understand.

Moderate "supply side" economics was exemplified by Jack Kemp. After decades of the country wallowing in the Keynesian septic tank (even under Reagan, whose policies were not what they are cracked up to be), this seemed like a breath of fresh air. I remember Kemp's ideas on federal housing projects which he presented as relatively free-market oriented, and this excited me. I hoped Kemp would be nominated as the Republican candidate for president. He was no Harry Browne (6) but he was head and shoulders above any other, especially a guy named Bush.

But that was not to be. William Bennett teamed up with Kemp to form a new organization. Whether this was on purpose on the part of Bennett I don't know, but it diffused what affinity to the free market Kemp had, which was another step taken to get the religious right and the GOP over into a big-government camp. The new organization was Empower America (7).

The leaders Kuo worked for in the 1990s, such as William Bennett, were looked up to by Christians in the same way their pastors were. People followed and believed every word these leaders said rather than questioning. Of course it was all voluntary on the followers' part. People regard these "authorities" as such because they thought the leaders had some knowledge that other people didn't have. Not only that, but followers seem to be inclined to break down the line between the authority of superior knowledge and the "authority" to make people obey.

One of the jobs Kuo did for Bennett was to compile "scientific" statistics on the country's "moral decline" using indicators such as abortion, divorce, teen pregnancy, and low educational achievement between 1960 and 1990. All these indicators showed a steep rise. I have to ask about the possibility of bias here, and also have to entertain the possibility that in 1960 people were hiding the fact of teenage promiscuity, "back-alley" abortions, and other ills. These ills have been here as long as people have. Then, too, possibly the incidence has been rising because of the legalization of abortion and more openness about lax attitudes. This set of statistics was called the Index of Leading Cultural Indicators. It is very much like the Index of Leading Economic Indicators or Consumer Price Index which the establishment economists are so fond of – don't get me started on that.

The Index of Leading Cultural Indicators got Rush Limbaugh's attention, and from there Empower America took off at the grass roots.

The statistics rang alarm bells among their followers. Bennett, Kuo, and the others came to the conclusion that the conservative drive for a reduction in the size and scope of government would do nothing to halt these trends, so this drive was generally abandoned. Libertarians could see right through this even before the conservatives themselves realized that in order to have the power to do anything about these ills they would need (and they wanted – they are not fooling libertarians) a strong government to back them up.

Empower America, consciously or otherwise, played a big role in the final demise of our freedom.

The Clinton victory in 1992 demoralized not just Kuo, but the whole Christian right. Empower America grew like the weed it was by inducting some establishment heavy-hitters such as Donald Rumsfeld, Steve Forbes, and Jeanne Kirkpatrick. The last was the former U.N. ambassador whom I will remember mostly for her snide remark about lives being lost in a war being "worth it." How does she know? Did those who died come back in a séance and tell her? Those lives belonged to those who died and whether their loss was "worth it" was their call to make and not hers. So much for any regard for the individual.

In any case I really don't know how many of these heavies in Empower America were with the Christian right or how many had their sights set on a world government. Neoconservatives Richard John Neuhaus and Michael Novak were on board. Novak had stated that America's job of spreading democracy throughout the world was a Christian task, as this form of government is "ordained by God" (8).

Those in Empower America did believe in churches and charities helping the poor, and they did regret the welfare system getting in the way and undermining these efforts. But instead of advocating the churches and charities working harder in fighting the system to take back their God-given responsibilities, they opted to work with the government via federal funding (and regulation, as one follows the other as surely as night follows day) of Kuo's hand-picked charities.

In 1994 - 1995, during the libertarian-leaning "Republican Revolution" (the Libertarian Party gave it something like a "B" or "B+" grade at the time; too bad it fell on its caboose) when many in the new GOP-controlled Congress still had a little understanding of economics, David Kuo got into more arguments with Republicans than with Democrats. The Christian Coalition types did not want any free market. They were already moving towards a Bush-type system and, sure enough, in the late 1990s, George W. Bush rode in like a knight in shining armor to socialize Christian charity. Bush asked to meet with Kuo to see if Kuo would make a good speechwriter for him. Kuo was hired on the spot. The knight had ridden in; Kuo was snowed.

I am now beginning to figure out what the neo-cons and theo-cons are doing. They are probably not purposely trying to destroy the Church. (At least, I don't think they are – well, we'll see.) What they are doing is increasing the power of government by encroaching on the Church's role as charity. This will necessarily make the government bigger and more powerful: A bigger welfare system, manipulating people's behavior, higher taxes, with more bureaucrats and more people becoming dependent on faith-based and other social engineering programs the administration wants (9).

The main purpose of the Church is to tell the Good News. However the Church, and Christians as private individuals, are also to follow the example of Christ by feeding and clothing the poor, and nurture the sick, for Jesus said, "As you did it to one of the least of these, you did it to me" (10). This work is important in itself, but it is also a vehicle to convey the Good News. If the government takes it over, this will adversely affect the work of the Church.

This isn't rocket science. These people must know that.

But, once on the campaign trail, Bush started right in. First he would say that the churches and charities must help those who get left behind by prosperity. Economic conservatives believe this, of course, but then he would say that his administration would follow up with government money. We had been asking charity to "make bricks without straw," he would say, but now the "straw" would be provided. Of course this isn't true. Americans generously fund charities. We could do a lot more if government would back off (especially in the tax department) rather than step in.

A lot of this was actually a leading-on of evangelicals, who were instrumental in electing Bush. Kuo points out that the faith-based office had the lowest priority of all the White House offices, of which there were many. There was a lot in the way of talk, meetings, show, and busy-work, at tax-paid high salaries. One thing was the conference calls between the White House (not Bush himself, but a staffer) and evangelical and fundamentalist leaders where suggestions were bandied about. These ideas rarely got any further than the conference call. Public liaison staffers said what people wanted to hear.

So, faith-based charities were being led on. The money, at least most of it, was not forthcoming. Of course, I do not think government should subsidize charities, but it is even worse to promise and then stall on delivery. Churches and charities have to budget, and to become dependent on a source of money that does not deliver is likely to ruin them.

If I wanted to destroy giving, stonewall the Church, and make needy people dependent on government, this is exactly how I would do it.

Fundamentalists are especially vulnerable. They have, in many cases, led sheltered lives. I often wonder if they are reading the same Bible I am, as they are very deferential toward civil government, obedient to human "authority" that is over them in the hierarchy, and thus very easily intimidated. The White House, the way it is physically arranged, is an intimidating place, Kuo points out. So, when such people are there, they take everything its inhabitants say as gospel. They are like tiny children seeing Santa: I've been good, so toss me a little gift. They receive souvenirs like pens or cufflinks and then cherish them like young teenagers cherish autographs obtained from a favorite star.

The ABC program 20/20 on Friday, December 1, 2006, dealt with the propensity of full-grown people to obey. I realize many segments on such shows are tabloid journalism and one needs to allow for this, even though, as in this case, the trustworthy John Stossel was involved. Briefly, the segment dealt with a criminal who phoned fast-food restaurant managers posing as a policeman, who then commanded these managers to sexually and otherwise abuse a teenage female employee. These managers, thinking he was a policeman, did exactly as they were told, and so did the young employee. Now, this episode was very hard to assimilate, and I am not sure I believe it, but, if true, these were all adults (or young adults) who should have used their God-given ability to think independently and apply their understanding of the difference between right and wrong. They were more obedient than I ever was, so I must hold them all responsible (except possibly the victim that segment concentrated on, since by the time she realized what was happening it was too late).

Contemporary America is very obedient and respectful of human "authority," and the White House is taking full advantage of this in its efforts to destroy what little is left of the country our Founders worked to create, and in some cases went to jail and died for.

Related to the obedience issue, there is also the party loyalty issue. Regardless of anything, Kuo makes it plain, politics come first. Any politician who does not walk in step with his or her party affiliation is reprimanded. It does not matter why. Bush's faith-based subsidy program is basically liberal, but Democrats had to oppose it. Rep. Danny Davis (D-Ill.) (11) was a case in point. It was because neither major party wanted to lose voters to the other, and the whole scene is comical considering how alike the two major parties really are.

Despite this, Kuo (at the time) believed Bush was above all this, a man of genuine faith who spent substantial time in prayer.

The Faith-based office seemed stalled in early 2002 mainly because of politics, but also because the White House had its hands full with the aftermath of the September 11 attacks. Not only that, mid-term elections were coming up so the office decided to make an effort to help incumbents get re-elected and get new Republicans elected to bolster funding for their office. We must remember that this office is a government bureaucracy and its participation in the campaigning is no more legal than the drug czar's touring on the taxpayer dime to defeat medical marijuana initiatives. Campaign events were thinly disguised as events for which selfless candidates took time away from their campaigns to "help" faith and community leaders "serve their community" (12). I guess they believe the populace is as dumb as a dodo. Well, in the light of the obedience and party loyalty I just described, maybe they are. Possibly the neo-con, theo-con Bush supporter would fall for the left-wing rhetoric since it was being presented by the Republican candidates. The scheme was set up.

The faith-based initiative never really got off the ground because it was all talk, all propaganda. Maybe it was not on purpose, but it was geared to do two things: 1. Cause disruption in private charities by telling them to expect federal funding and then not following through (although I have to wonder if there was follow-through on the criteria they must meet, meaning regulation) and 2. Train religious and other conservatives to think in terms of government involvement, getting used to this involvement in yet another area of life.

Well, finally some money began to trickle to faith-based organizations (not actual churches). This is what is called "compassion" as it went to really compassionate causes such as mentoring the children of prisoners, and drug treatment programs. But, of course it was mostly show. The liberal press ran with the ball decrying the bias toward Christian organizations and the waiving of regulations requiring non-discrimination in hiring people of all faiths. Nobody ever questioned the federal involvement with charities to begin with or the fact that taxpayers who have problems of their own were being forced to contribute. And, of course, its dubious (at best) Constitutionality was seldom or never questioned.

I cannot help noticing that when Christian conservative author Kuo complains that there is not enough money, he blames it on this minuscule "tax cut" that we were supposed to have received (13) (but will be more than reversed because of enormous deficit spending), which sounds very much like the liberal Democrats to me. To be fair, he also blames the war in Iraq which is a black hole for taxpayers' money.

Kuo's tax cut remark underscores what I wrote in last year's blog essay The Roots of Neoconservatism. The neoconservative and the modern liberal are pretty much the same: both are for big, active government, the difference being only in the details.

The compassion program was consistently stonewalled by White House staffers outside the faith-based office even as clergy and other leaders were being led on. The faith-based office was always treated like a step-child. One day it hit the fan when Kuo was at a black clergy meeting in the White House and he was pulled out by the president. Asked by President Bush how much more these money-hungry people wanted after they had been given so much ($8 billion had gone to faith-based charities), Kuo told him they had really been given hardly anything. I guess to a White House bureaucrat, even a "lowly" one, $8 billion is not much. The president was ballistic, stomped into the meeting and promised another $8 billion on the spot of your tax money! Of course, this was all talk and no action, too!

Kuo left his job disappointed. His father, who had fought in World War II, had taught him the White House could save the world. As students of history, at least history that has broken out of the politically correct box, know, the reverse is true. The White House cannot save the world, but it could and might destroy it. Kuo still seems to believe that the White House could save the world, and would have had Bush and the faith-based office not been stonewalled. This "conservative" belief is thoroughly modern liberal. Churches and charities themselves, while they cannot "save the world" can go a long ways to help people back on their feet, but government involvement does nothing but harm. Had the government followed through with its promises, the faith-based charities would have become dependent on, and obedient to, the government and this would have been stealth socialism in much the same way that educational vouchers socialize private education. Its failure to follow through with funding certainly made a shambles of charities that were counting on the funds.

Either way, great harm was done not only to the charities and connected churches, but also to the donating public who now believed that donations were less needed.

I don't know which is worse. Both of them, I'd say.

Meanwhile, much legislation was being passed through Congress that would trash our precious Bill of Rights (often being voted in favor of without congresspeople reading it) and funded without any snags.

Finally, David Kuo seems to have learned his lesson. When it comes to Christian evangelism and charity work, government is not the answer. He calls for Christians to take a two-year hiatus from politics. My answer is, how about a two-century hiatus? If Christians just go ahead and do the work on their own and forget about legislation, they will be following the example of Jesus.

And, I might add, it will get done and get done right.

(1) Kuo, David, Tempting Faith: An Inside Story of Political Seduction, Free Press, New York, 2006, P. 11.

(2) Whether these programs, especially aid to foreign governments, are beneficial is highly questionable at best.

(3) Ibid P. 32-35.

(4) It does??? That is news to me. Many religious leaders seem to think that and this is part of the problem.

(5) See the Ludwig von Mises Institute at http://www.mises.org/ .

(6) Harry Browne was the Libertarian presidential nominee for 1996 and 2000.

(7) Learn more at http://rightweb.irc-online.org/profile/1464. By the way, for a good laugh at the expense of Kemp, read my Lincoln segment in The Three Worst American Enemies of Freedom at http://alicelillieandher.blogspot.com/2005_05_01_alicelillieandher_archive.html and then see P. 45 of the Kuo book on the naming of Empower America.

(8) Ryn, Claes: America the Virtuous, Transaction Publishers, New Brunswick, N.J., 2003, P. 127-128. There is also a world government undercurrent here. Scary, isn't it?

(9) Kuo, P. 179.

(10) See Matthew 25:31-40.

(11) Kuo, P. 174-175.

(12) Ibid. P. 201-202.

(13) Ibid. P. 225.

Theocons: Secular America Under Siege

The Theocons: Secular America Under Siege
Damon Linker
Doubleday, New York, 2006

Many believe the secular separation of church and state as we have known it is over. President Bush believes cultural change is a function of the federal government and he is willing to use taxpayer funds for this. Theoconservatives believe the traditional values the country was founded on make no sense outside a religious context (1). Apparently they have never read atheist Ayn Rand or religiously neutral Ludwig von Mises or Murray Rothbard.

Richard Neuhaus and Michael Novak were both left-wing radicals in the 1960s (2) but became friendly to the “conservative” Republicans right around the time Nixon was president. Of course, Nixon's political philosophy (like President G.W. Bush's) was actually far left, if “left” means big-government socialism (or national socialism or some other kind of socialism).

They were disappointed at Nixon's 1968 election. I guess later they learned he was really in their big-government camp.

Novak decided, after he actually got out into the field and met some real live entrepreneurs, that the free market works best. There didn't seem to be any definition of “free” on the part of the author, but possibly the market at that time fit his definition of free. Novak did complain that under capitalism there was no meaning to life handed to you by anyone; you had to seek your own belief system and meaning of life. He thought this was a bad thing, and that government should step in and do it for us all.

But Novak knew some economics. He knew how jobs come about. He recognized this as “God's work,” fighting poverty and fostering across-the-board prosperity. And, indeed, I believe this is what God intended for mankind. Individuals see to their own self-interest; obviously your first responsibility is you, for if you don't look after yourself first, how can you look after anyone else?

However, Novak's primary interest seems to be that the trade and cooperation in the marketplace serve communal interests, community or society. Of course they do, but it is not really about that. It is really about relieving individual discomfort. Individuals feel; groups do not. It is very altruistic, Novak claims, and the “invisible hand” is really the hand of God.

I guess it is really how you look at it. When individuals benefit, society benefits. So, he is not technically wrong. I won't object, until he pulls government into the picture. What he seemed to be looking for in the end was a free (or at least partially free; it depends on if you define “free” as a libertarian like me would or as most people on the street would) market coupled with religious conservative social beliefs. What I'd want to know right away is this definition of “free” and the role of legislation in social or morality policy.

Chapter 2 was interesting as it talked about the Catholic Church’s embracing of “capitalism,” after bemoaning the lack of welfare and universal health care here. I had to shake my head as the author (a leftist) and the theocons he was discussing have no clue what real capitalism is. The church may have finally embraced it because our “capitalist” economic system has finally become socialistic enough. They consider it “capitalist” if there isn't socialized medicine and a big welfare system.

But, then again, if the Catholics (where the author says theoconservatism started) want to Catholicize America, they have to accept what we have of a free market. The author seems to think it's a sellout, believing that taxes are low and regulations minimal here. Well, compared to Cuba, maybe so, but in an absolute sense that's ridiculous.

Legislation of morality is definitely part of the theocon agenda. They cannot differentiate between immoral acts that infringe on the rights of individuals (such as abortion and embryonic stem-cell research that infringe on the rights of these very young, pre-born human beings to live) and immoral acts that do not infringe (such as same-sex “marriage” or drug use). The policies they want are based on the teaching of Pope John Paul. The author believes their goal is to Catholicize the country, not necessarily meaning everyone becomes Catholic, but meaning a ruling Catholic ideology.

Only theists, they believe, can be good citizens because the majority of citizens here are theists. (My response: Since when is being in agreement with the majority important?) The citizenship of minority atheists is questionable. The public schools, they believe, are to be used as an instrument of indoctrination regardless of the opinions of those paying for them.

The Catholics and conservative Protestants (fundamentalists and evangelicals) joined forces in the 1990s (3) to form an agenda. It took a few years while they waited for the right presidential candidate, and then in rode G.W. Bush, their hero who would save us all from secularism whether we liked it or not. And, while they were waiting for him, others in high government positions worked at enacting this agenda into law.

The theocons, of course, opposed court rulings contrary to their positions. One thing they had entirely backwards: They supposed that rights were infringed if their philosophy was not codified. “The People” wanted it codified, so it should be. They apparently believed in the rights of the collective to have it codified, not of the individual to decide for himself and take responsibility (4). And, like the neocons, they believed that the Founders agreed with them.

The situation in the Clinton era was alarming to theocons and they believed that this was the end of democracy. It reminds me very much of what freedom-lovers (and the left) are now saying about the theo/neoconservative Bush administration.

The theocons issued a statement (5) that said that the threat was not from without, but from “disordered liberty within,” which they believe was the antithesis of the “ordered liberty” the Founders affirmed.

The theocons are clueless about the Founders' ideas, I believe. What the theocons are saying sounds to me very much like “freedom to obey,” even an advocacy of divine right.

George Weigel, who published, in First Things, the most significant neoconservative statement, “Moral Clarity in Time of War,” made the case for war (6). (This is significant because of his implications regarding the United Nations.) His premise is “rogue” states and terrorist organizations that possess (or are said to possess) weapons of mass destruction must be stopped. Ideally, Weigel says, the U.N. should stop them from using force. The use of military might is characteristic of a government, so it looks as if he is advocating the U.N. become a world government. But, he says, the U.N. is not doing so, therefore the U.S. will and should, as its status as the world's greatest power makes it responsible to do so. (My response: Why?) This implies world government from Washington, which I think is what Bush desires. That would be good for everyone, Weigel seems to think. I guess this “everyone” includes dead kids in Iraq and the hapless taxpayers who are forced to finance their deaths. Weigel implies (7) that the elite in power have what amounts to a hotline to God and that is why they can see the wisdom of war when the rest of us cannot.

The war against Iraq is, of course, a dismal failure. (Nevada Senator Harry Reid said the same thing in April, 2007. I don’t usually agree with anything he says.) So, as 2004 approached, the theocons turned to domestic agenda to re-elect Bush. Conquering the Middle East (then the world) was not the cakewalk they thought it would be.

It was Christianity (their brand) versus Islam (as they saw it, and I really don't know who is right about that).

The theocons worry about an Islamic takeover of Europe, because of the decline in Europe's birth rate and participation in Catholicism, so Weigel wants the U.S. to generously fund the challenge to secularism in Europe (another move toward world government originating in D.C. as funding always causes the recipient to become, at least to some degree, “kept”). This would make the U.S. government a missionary to Europe. The Europeans are not about to change even if this is done.

The theocon agenda has done much better at home. The president started to push it, good and bad parts alike, as soon as he was inaugurated. Author Linker, being on the left, emphasized the withdrawal of federal funding (a good part, I believe) as he, like most on the left, don't seem to care that federal funds are money stolen from taxpayers. Of course, the author trots out the omnipresent abortion issue of theocon agenda. This is before pointing out the censorship and the subsidy of church-related charities (part of the bad element).

Actually, as I have repeatedly shown, these subsidies, and promised-but-not-delivered subsidies, are among the main methods by which the Bush administration is greatly harming the church.

The glaring contradiction between all these theo/neocon efforts to save unborn babies (good) and their lust for killing in “justified” wars (bad) is apparently overlooked by both neocons and the left.

Richard Neuhaus (8) said politics was the deliberation of “how we are to live together.” This is collectivist. All decisions are ultimately individual. The purpose of politics is really to deliberate on how we are going to see to individual liberty, or how we are going to work towards preventing people from carrying out decisions to infringe on rights. But, with the neocons, it's one size fits all.

In the case of euthanasia on the part of someone who actively wants it, sex outside of marriage, homosexuality, and other things that are or might be sinful, they just don't “get” individual choice, sovereignty, or responsibility. Maybe if they carry their pro-government philosophy far enough they can get a law passed compelling the acceptance of Christ and baptism, or at least make them mandatory for certain government licenses, permits, or permission to work in certain areas (9).

It is also akin to the divine right we are presently moving toward with authority increasingly vested in the executive.

One thing on which the author and the left are in step with the establishment is they have the controversy about teaching the theory of evolution in public schools backwards. None of them on any side of the issue even question whether it is the job of government to teach students. This is assumed. I, along with the vast majority of the libertarian movement, dissent from that belief.

But, as far as evolution is concerned, this is one area where Bush and the theocons are right. Usually when they are right it is for the wrong reason, but in this case they are right. They want all different theories presented to students, so students can make up their own minds. However, the author and the left regard evolution as “fact,” not even a theory, and that any effort to teach anything else is “anti-intellectualism” (10).

This is one of the main reasons I advocate the separation of school and state. Private schools can supply a variety of methods and content of education to the marketplace, and parents have a wide selection, including home-schooling, giving them control over their children's education. As students mature, they have increasing input themselves.

The author then points out the theocon defense of the “traditional” family. While I, too, believe the family is the only good way to raise children, I have a couple of major issues: One is the idea that the differences between the genders are fixed and innate. This view is counter to my firm, and I believe Biblical, belief in the free will. While there might be some differences (How the heck am I supposed to know?) the free will trumps both nature and nurture, unless a person is so passive as to decline full use of the free will. The other issue is law. Why should laws be on the books enforcing traits that do not necessarily exist in a given individual? Or, traits that are natural and do not need enforcement? Would it really be to keep non-conformists in line?

The book didn't mention anything about laws except to complain about the rollback of government programs that “help” non-traditional gender roles such as daycare programs. Of course, no mention is ever made of a reduction in taxes to help families.

Dr. James Dobson, a pro-Bush, pro-government, and very well-known Christian conservative leader was on “Larry King Live” on November 22, 2006. Asked what gay “marriage” would do to Dobson's marriage, Dobson replied that the Christian right's activities on this front were based on their thinking of the “greater good.” Usually, when someone speaks of the “greater good,” they mean “society,” and are placing “society's” good before that of individuals. On the separation of church and state, he said the original intent of the Founders was to protect the state from the church. When asked why not separate marriage from state and was marriage not a religious thing rather than a government (meaning political) thing, Dobson said it was both and did not really answer why it should not be separate from the state. The upshot of all of this is that Dobson is definitely in favor of strong, active government and that Larry King can ask really good questions.

Getting back to th